Blog Tools
Edit your Blog
Build a Blog
RSS Feed
View Profile
« March 2004 »
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
You are not logged in. Log in
Entries by Topic
All topics  «
BULLETIN
Thursday, 18 March 2004

>> PROGRESS REPORT

U.S. Conducts Successful MD Simulation Against NK Missile Attack
The United States, which will start work on a missile defense system late this year, put on a war game for reporters Wednesday (Korea time) during which an enemy nation modeled on North Korea fired six ballistic missiles at the United States, the Washington Post Internet edition reported. During the simulation, the U.S. successfully intercepted all six missiles.
The U.S. Department of Defense, in order to reveal some of the plans for operating procedures behind MD, invited reporters to an air force base in the grasslands of Colorado and simulated the intercepting of missiles launched from an enemy country. The base is responsible for designing a missile defense simulation known as MDWAR and training MD operating crews.
In the simulation, a fictional nation located in the East Sea (Sea of Japan) launched six ballistic missiles at the United States. The Americans responded immediately by launching interceptor missiles, destroying all the enemy missiles in mid-flight. Two enemy missiles were destroyed early after launch.
The tensest moment came when it came time to shoot down two enemy missiles targeting Boise, Idaho and Anchorage, Alaska. The United States had only one spare missile, and in case both interceptors missed, it would bring about an urgent situation in which the Americans would be forced to choose which city they would try to save. Both interceptors hit their targets, however, and an intolerable choice was avoided.
U.S. military officials said that factors like population would be taken into consideration if such a choice came up in real life.
Meanwhile, officials say that one of the goals of the computer simulation is to show the "urgency" involved in missile defense. A ballistic missile launched from North Korea would take about 25~30 minutes to reach the northwest of the United States, and about eight of those minutes are taken up trying to find out the missile targets and computing trajectories for the interceptors.
Moreover, the U.S. military command structure surrounding missile defense is quite complicated, officials added, and during a real-life conflict could produce problems.
(Robert Koehler, englishnews@chosun.com )

-------------------------------------------------
NK Threatens to Expand Nuclear Arsenal
North Korea has again threatened to expand its nuclear arsenal, accusing the United States of making aggressive moves against the communist government in Pyongyang.
The official North Korean news agency said Pyongyang will strengthen what it called its "nuclear deterrent" to protect itself. This comes as the United States and South Korea are preparing for joint annual military exercises that begin Sunday and run through the following week. About 37,000 U.S. troops are stationed in South Korea to deter aggression from the North. Pyongyang says the joint exercises are a rehearsal for a U.S. invasion of North Korea, but the U.S. military counters by saying the exercises are defense-oriented.
North Korea often issues threats on the eve of joint military exercises between South Korea and the United States. Pyongyang previously threatened to strengthen its nuclear program after a second round of multi-party talks in Beijing last month ended without a breakthrough.
China announced Tuesday it has circulated a draft plan for advancing the limited progress made at those talks. It did not reveal details of the proposal, except to say it covers the working groups all sides agreed to in Beijing. The Beijing talks ended with a pledge to create working groups that would talk through obstacles and issues not deemed appropriate for the high-level agenda.
VOA News

-----------------------------------------
>> RUSSIAN FRIENDS...
Higher-tech missiles feared in Iraqi hands
By Bryan Bender, Globe Staff, 3/18/2004
WASHINGTON -- The Pentagon is investigating whether new, more deadly versions of Russian missiles may be in the hands of Iraqi insurgents, possibly enabling them to shoot down US Army helicopters and threaten other aircraft, according to defense officials studying missile components retrieved from recent crash sites and seized in raids.
US military officials thought they were well prepared for the variety of shoulder-fired missiles utilized by Saddam Hussein's forces, mainly missiles manufactured in the Soviet Union during the Cold War. For years American intelligence officials gathered technical information on a variety of portable Russian missiles -- including the SA-7, SA-14, SA-16, and SA-18 -- in order to develop countermeasures, such as electronic jamming equipment and decoy flares.
But missile components and other weapon systems uncovered by US forces in Iraq have fueled suspicions that insurgents may have obtained more advanced weapons, not previously known to US intelligence, that can confuse helicopters' electronic defenses or overcome attempts to send them off course, the officials said.
Nine helicopters have been lost to enemy missiles, rocket-propelled grenades, and small arms fire -- costing the lives of 32 soldiers -- since the US-led invasion last March. Several airplanes flying into Baghdad International Airport have also been hit by missiles, but managed to land safely.
"There is nothing conclusive, but it is a matter of importance," a US defense official said of the investigation, confirmed by other US officials who also declined to be identified, citing security precautions. "There's a constant process of assessing our countermeasures because everyone wants our troops to be safe."
The officials said investigators have been piecing together parts of missiles in an effort to determine why they were not deflected by aircraft jamming equipment, intended to thwart the missiles' computerized tracking systems, or decoy flares, designed to provide an alternative target for heat-seeking missiles.
Specialists in helicopters believe it is highly unlikely that insurgents could have downed nine helicopters without more advanced technology than had been previously in the Iraqi arsenal. But the official added that "we have not found anything that we have conclusively determined has been modified."
Still, concerns about new missile technology played a part in the Army's decision last month to terminate the multibillion-dollar Comanche helicopter program and apply the money to finding new ways to protect the existing helicopter fleet, the officials said. Of particular concern are the helicopters flown by the National Guard and Reserve, which do not have the same level of protection as the active force but are being widely used in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Officials are also probing how advanced technology -- almost certainly developed over the last 10 years in Russia -- might have gotten into the hands of Iraqi insurgents.
In particular, officials are concerned that insurgents may have newer versions of two deadly Russian missiles, the SA-16 Gimlet and the SA-18 Grouse, both portable surface-to-air missiles similar to the US military's Stinger, officials and military analysts said.
The leading theory among some specialists is that Russia may have sold the new technology to other nations, and that Hussein obtained it on the international black market.
"The idea that somehow through a wink and a nod this is showing up in Iraq is not surprising," said Tim Brown, a senior fellow at GlobalSecurity.org, an Alexandria, Va., think tank. "It could be an SA-18 or an SA-16 that [the Russians] sold to someone else and was transhipped to Iraq. It could be a new version smuggled in through the black market."
At the start of the Iraq war, the United States believed Hussein's forces had acquired thousands of SA-7 surface-to-air missiles, an older and less sophisticated version that is visually aimed, as well as an unknown number of subsequent models, such as the SA-14, SA-16, and SA-18. But Pentagon officials were confident all could be thwarted by existing antimissile technology on US helicopters.
Now, with nine helicopters having been downed, senior officials are increasingly worried. In internal discussions, the Army Chief of Staff, General Peter Schoomaker, has repeatedly mentioned the growing threat of Russian-made missiles as a key reason why manufacturing a new helicopter -- the Comanche -- was unwise, officials said.
"What we're seeing on the battlefield is a proliferation of much more sophisticated missiles," Lieutenant General Richard A. Cody, the deputy Army chief of staff, told reporters on Feb. 24 when the service announced it was canceling the $39 billion Comanche project after nearly two decades of development.
In recent months, the Army has taken measures in Iraq to enhance helicopter defenses, such as varying flight patterns and altitudes. But if pilots fly low to avoid missiles such as the SA models, which are designed to strike aircraft at higher altitudes, they become more vulnerable to lower-tech rocket-propelled grenades, which have been responsible for some of the helicopter losses.
According to Loren Thompson, president of the Lexington Institution, an Arlington, Va., think tank that specializes in weapons developments, helicopter and aircraft crews face at least two enduring challenges: the possibility that new weapon systems are available to the enemy that can filter out American countermeasures and the likelihood that the weapons the US spy community already knew were in Iraq performed better than anticipated.
Concluded Thompson: "The pilots have to have some idea of the adversary and how they are likely to be equipped."

? Copyright 2004 Globe Newspaper Company.
-----------------------------------------------------
>> SYRIANS MOONING...

Syrian: Antiterrorism cooperation has fallen
WASHINGTON - (AP) -- Syria's ambassador said Wednesday that counterterrorism cooperation with the United States has declined since Congress approved sanctions on his country late last year.
Ambassador Imad Moustapha said the sanctions bill did not diminish Syria's interest in cooperating with the United States, but some U.S. officials ``feel very anxious when Syria cooperates on terrorism because their premise is that Syria is a terrorist country.''
U.S. officials didn't make a decision to reduce cooperation, ''but the communications started to fall down. However, we are trying now to reestablish our cooperation on this,'' he said. Moustapha made his comments during and after a forum on whether Israel also should be subjected to a sanctions bill.

----------------------------------------------
Report: Saddam's Government Stole $10.1B
By MARY DALRYMPLE
ASSOCIATED PRESS
Report: Saddam's Government Stole $10.1B
WASHINGTON (AP) -
Saddam Hussein's government smuggled oil, added surcharges and collected kickbacks to rake in $10.1 billion in violation of the United Nations' oil-for-food program, congressional investigators said Thursday.
The estimate, much larger than previous calculations, comes as the United Nations considers expanding its probe into the humanitarian program, which allowed Iraq to sell oil for food and medicine. Other oil sales were prohibited under a U.N. embargo imposed after Iraq invaded Kuwait in 1990.
Investigators from the General Accounting Office told a congressional subcommittee that Iraq collected $5.7 billion by illegally smuggling oil out of the country through several routes. The oil traveled to Syria by pipeline, across the borders of Jordan and Turkey by truck and through the Persian Gulf by ship.
Surcharges levied against oil producers and commissions imposed against commodity suppliers participating in the oil-for-food program fetched another $4.4 billion.
The GAO had previously estimated that Saddam's government had received $6.6 billion in illegal revenues from the program from 1997 through 2002.
The effort to identify and recover Iraqi money hidden worldwide has met with mixed success, GAO investigators told lawmakers on the House Financial Services oversight and investigations subcommittee.
The Treasury Department acted Thursday to freeze the assets of 16 family members related to Saddam and his top advisers. The list includes Saddam's wives Sajida Khayrallah Tilfa and Samira Shahbandar; his daughters Raghad Saddam Hussein al-Tikriti, Rana Saddam Hussein al-Tikriti and Hala Saddam Hussein al-Tikriti; and his son Ali Saddam Hussein al-Tikriti.
The Treasury Department also identified 191 quasi-governmental companies suspected of engaging in illegal commerce and hiding money abroad.
The Treasury Department submitted the information to the United Nations, triggering a resolution that calls on member nations to freeze and transfer the assets held by those individuals and companies.
Juan Zarate, the Treasury Department's deputy assistant secretary for terrorist financing and financial crimes, told the House subcommittee that some countries do not have the legal structure or "political will" to recover the money.
In the last year, countries other than the United States have recovered and sent about $750 million to the Development Fund for Iraq. Money in the Development Fund for Iraq has been spent on wheat purchases, electricity and oil infrastructure, equipment for Iraqi security forces, Iraqi civil service salaries and government operations.
About $1.3 billion in cash and valuables have been recovered in Iraq.
The amount of money the former Iraqi regime hid abroad remains unknown, and estimates range from $10 billion to $40 billion.
"One of the conundrums of this effort has been trying to understand and get a hold on the full universe of assets pilfered by the Hussein regime," Zarate said.

------------------------------------------------------

Astronauts Try to Save Hubble Telescope
By MARCIA DUNN
ASSOCIATED PRESS
CAPE CANAVERAL, Fla. (AP) -
They risked their lives for the Hubble Space Telescope and did so gladly. Now, many of the astronauts who worked on Hubble hundreds of miles above Earth are dismayed, bewildered or both by NASA's decision to pull the plug on the mighty observatory.
"I just think it's a huge, huge mistake," says Greg Harbaugh, who performed Hubble repairs during a pair of spacewalks in 1997. "It is probably the greatest instrument or tool for astronomical and astrophysical research since Galileo invented the telescope, and I think it is a tragedy that we would consider not keeping the Hubble alive and operational as long as possible."
Though the decision is not absolute, there appears to be little chance NASA administrator Sean O'Keefe will change his mind about a Hubble servicing mission, deeming it too risky to astronauts in the wake of Columbia.
That would mean a premature death for the 14-year-old observatory whose latest snapshot - revealed last week - showed the deepest-ever view of the universe, a mishmash of galaxies dating almost all the way back to creation.
Tom Akers, part of the spacewalking team that restored Hubble's eyesight in 1993, also favors another mission.
"I definitely think that's an asset that we shouldn't throw away," says Akers, who teaches college math in Missouri. "That's my position and they know it."
NASA has been fending off heavy criticism ever since O'Keefe decided in January to cancel the last servicing, set for 2006.
Last week, at congressional urging, O'Keefe agreed to ask the National Academy of Sciences to study the issue from all perspectives, including using robots to install new cameras or augment battery power.
But he does not expect to reconsider sending up astronauts despite the outcry.
An Internet petition has collected thousands of names, O'Keefe's e-mail system is clogged with complaints, members of Congress are demanding reviews by independent groups, and the chief Columbia accident investigator is urging a public policy debate on the Hubble gains versus shuttle risks.
Even John Glenn has weighed in, telling President Bush's commission on moon and Mars travel that another servicing mission is necessary "to get every year's value out of that thing."
The canceled servicing mission would have been the Hubble's fifth and would have equipped it with two state-of-the-art science instruments already built and worth a combined $176 million, as well as fresh batteries and gyroscopes. The work by spacewalkers would have kept Hubble humming until 2011 or 2012.
Without intervention, Hubble will probably take its last picture in 2007 or 2008. O'Keefe says he does not see how NASA could launch a servicing mission before then without shirking the recommendations of the Columbia Accident Investigation Board.
As an alternative, engineers are trying to figure out how to prolong the telescope's life with robotic help.
NASA is quick to point out that when Hubble was launched, 15 years of service were promised, a goal that will be met next spring. The space telescope has helped scientists gauge the age and size of the universe and confirmed the existence of black holes.
Regardless of Hubble's merit, O'Keefe says he cannot let astronauts fly to the telescope and risk being stuck there if their shuttle is damaged by foam or other launch debris.
There's no way a stranded shuttle crew could get from Hubble to the international space station in an entirely different orbit.
The NASA chief insists his decision is rooted in safety, and he's recruited the agency's chief scientist, John Grunsfeld, a two-time Hubble space repairman, to help defend his decision.
Yet eyebrows were raised given the timing of the announcement: It came two days after President Bush unveiled a plan to complete the space station and retire the shuttle by 2010, and to send astronauts back to the moon by 2020.
Glenn worries the Columbia accident may be making NASA gun-shy.
Harbaugh, now director of the Florida Air Museum, says he felt no more danger flying to Hubble than anywhere else in space. There is little difference, he says, "in risk between launching to Hubble and launching to station and just launching period."
Astronomers would be at a loss if Hubble is abandoned and its powerful replacement, the James Webb Space Telescope, is lost in a rocket explosion or has crippling design flaws. That's why so many would rather wait to decommission Hubble until Webb is launched, now set for 2011.
While NASA's Chandra X-ray Observatory and Spitzer Space Telescope see the universe in X-ray and infrared, respectively, Hubble observes visible light and peeks into the ultraviolet and near-infrared. Webb will focus on the infrared and outdo Hubble with a mirror more than double its size.
Astronauts - Hubble repairmen included, who say they would do it again - like to point out that a ship is safe in the harbor, but that's not what ships are built for.
Says Bruce McCandless, who helped deliver Hubble to orbit and now works in industry: "John Paul Jones is also reported to have said, 'Give me a fast ship for I intend to sail in harm's way.' He wasn't going to sit in the harbor, either."
On the Net:
NASA: http://hubble.gsfc.nasa.gov/

Save Hubble Initiative: www.savethehubble.com

---------------------------------------------------

>> POLICY WATCH

Government Warns of Drug Card Scams
By DEVLIN BARRETT
ASSOCIATED PRESS
WASHINGTON (AP) - For many Americans, the government's new Medicare drug discount card will be a way to save money. For a few, it is a way to make money - by scamming seniors.
The much-anticipated Medicare program to offer cards with discounts on prescription drugs won't begin until May, but 11 states already have seen cases in which con artists are targeting Medicare beneficiaries in fraudulent come-ons, officials said Thursday.
"It's so appalling these individuals are willing to create schemes that take advantage ... of a law intended to do so much good," said Leslie Norwalk, deputy administrator at the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services.
Scams so far have involved phone calls or door to door solicitations to ostensibly register people for the new program. Those behind the scams offer to enroll seniors in exchange for their bank information, social security number, or credit card number.
In other instances, the caller already has some of the individual's private health history and tries to collect their banking or Medicare information, which could then be used to file false claims.
People have complained about such scams in Alabama, Georgia, Idaho, Maryland, Nebraska, New York, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia and Washington, officials said. Officials in Arkansas have also warned seniors to be on guard against such pitches.
There is no reason to think the scams are connected, but the con artists take a common approach in trying to fool the victims, officials said.
"They will do all sorts of things to try to make the beneficiaries trust them," said Norwalk. "They're eliciting enough information to be able to extract money from the (victim's) account."
Seniors should be on guard against phone or personal solicitations, officials warned. They stressed that Medicare contacts its beneficiaries only by mail.
The real cards will cost no more than $30 a year and offer discounts ranging from 10 to 25 percent on prescription drugs. The cards will eventually be phased out when a broad prescription drug benefit is made available in 2006.
Medicare plans to announce the companies selected to offer the cards in a matter of weeks, and then launch an advertising campaign in May to alert seniors to the benefit.
Norwalk, the administrator, emphasized that Medicare will never phone or knock on a beneficiary's door to enroll them in a program, and will only send mailings about the drug card.
She also cautioned seniors not to give out personal or financial information to people they don't know.
On the Net:
Medicare: http://www.medicare.gov

-----------------------------------------------------------------


Companies Benefit by Shifting Health Costs
By THERESA AGOVINO
ASSOCIATED PRESS
NEW YORK (AP) - Employers who aggressively shift health care costs to their employees expect lower levels of spending increases than the average company, and sharply less than firms without strict policies to make patients better consumers, a new study found.
Companies that have taken actions such as substantially increasing copayments and insurance policies or instituting insurance programs with high deductibles expect their health care costs to rise 7 percent this year.
Overall, companies costs are expected to rise 12 percent. But for companies that haven't been aggressive in cost-shifting, the increase should hit 17 percent, according to a study of by the National Business Group on Health, a nonprofit organization, and Watson Wyatt & Co, a benefits firm.
"As employers are spending more they want employees to act like true consumers," said Ted Chien, global practice director of group benefits for Watson Wyatt. He said that happens when employees have to spend more of their own dollars on health care.
Chien said employers with aggressive programs to contain health spending aren't simply shifting costs to employees. They are also providing employees with tools to help them make more informed decisions, such as offering programs dealing with chronic disease and information on various providers.
Still, Chien said he was suprised by how aggressive some employers were becoming. For example, 18 percent of employers were offering plans with very high deductibles without giving employees any kind of a fund to help pay for some medical costs.
Chien also noted a sharp downturn in companies changing health providers. Last year, 11 percent switched providers, down from 29 percent in 2002.
Chien said it is expensive for employers to switch plans, and often there isn't much difference between the insurers.
The study included 450 employers that provide benefits to more than 8 million employees.

--------------------------------------------------------------------

>> GITMO TROUBLES CONTINUED...

Guantanamo agent investigated
In probe of airman,document handling is again scrutinized
By John Mintz, Washington Post, 3/18/2004
WASHINGTON -- A military investigator who worked on the case of Air Force Senior Airman Ahmad I. Halabi, the Guantanamo Bay prison linguist charged with mishandling classified documents, is himself under investigation for allegedly having classified materials at his home, according to a government document. Last week, Air Force lawyers prosecuting Halabi asked the judge to exclude from the case any mention of the probe of Special Agent Marc Palmosina of the Air Force Office of Special Investigations. Palmosina's alleged misconduct is similar to some of the charges against Halabi.
The documents on compact discs at Palmosina's home did not concern the Halabi case, but instead focused on cargo transport operations, an area to which the agent had been assigned before he was sent to Guantanamo Bay, where the United States is holding more than 600 alleged Al Qaeda and Taliban operatives, the government document said.
Palmosina, who has been removed from work on the Halabi case, could not be reached for comment, and the Air Force declined to confirm whether he is being investigated or to provide the name of his attorney.
The Syrian-born Halabi, 25, who has been in detention at a California military base since last summer, is accused of illegally possessing letters from Guantanamo Bay detainees and other documents about the jail. He is also accused of espionage involving an alleged plan, apparently never carried out, to pass information to someone in Syria.
Halabi's lawyers have said he was in touch with the Syrian Embassy to secure a visa to travel there for his wedding.
Three other members of the military at Guantanamo Bay face breach of security allegations. Army Captain James Yee, the former Muslim chaplain there, is charged with mishandling classified material from the prison, adultery with a female officer there, and downloading pornographic material onto his laptop computer.
Army Reserve Colonel Jack Farr, who served in the Guantanamo Bay unit that interrogates detainees, was charged in November with mishandling classified material and lying to investigators after he was found with classified papers in his bags.
And Ahmed F. Mehalba, a Muslim linguist who worked as a prison contractor, faces charges in a federal court of lying to investigators and mishandling classified data after secret files about the prison were allegedly found on his computer when he landed at Boston's Logan International Airport on a flight from Egypt.

? Copyright 2004 Globe Newspaper Company.
---------------------------------------------------------------
WAR ON TERRORISM
Ex-detainee: I was a spy for the CIA
A former Guantanamo detainee, whose family has links to al Qaeda, claims he was a spy for the CIA.
BY DeNEEN L. BROWN
Washington Post Service
TORONTO - Abdurahman Khadr traced an invisible X in the dark air, the mark of an outcast in his own family, a man rejected by his friends.
'The Arabs have X'd me out. It's like, `You're done. . . . We don't want you around.' My family hates me now and my sister sent an e-mail saying I was a [expletive] liar,'' Khadr said in an interview last week.
Five months after being released from custody at the U.S. naval detention facility at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, Khadr, 21, has publicly claimed he was a CIA informant and provided U.S. authorities with detailed information about Osama bin Laden and the al Qaeda terrorist network.
TV DOCUMENTARY
Khadr's story was first broadcast last week in a two-part Canadian television documentary, in which he described the life of his family in an al Qaeda compound in Afghanistan, in close quarters with Osama bin Laden.
Khadr, whose father and brothers also are linked to al Qaeda, provided a rare insider's view of bin Laden's operations and daily routine.
A CIA spokesman had no comment about Khadr, and a spokesman for the Canadian intelligence service, CSIS, said, ``We don't publicly comment on who is of interest to us.''
Since the broadcast, Khadr said, he hasn't slept much and has been living in hotels in Toronto. He is fatalistic, he said, about what might happen to him.
''If they have someone outside right now who will shoot me, nothing will change by me worrying about it now,'' he said, seated in a Pakistani restaurant.
STRANGE STORY
Khadr's story is complicated, more so because he now says he has lied previously. Much of his tale could not be independently verified, largely because of intelligence agencies' unwillingness to corroborate the information.
U.S. and Canadian intelligence have long connected Khadr's family with international terrorism.
His father, Ahmed Said Khadr, was born in Egypt and immigrated to Canada in 1977, and later became an al Qaeda leader. In 1996, Pakistani authorities arrested him in connection with a bombing at the Egyptian Embassy in Islamabad.
After the Sept. 11, 2001, terror attacks, Ahmed Khadr was named on a U.S. international terrorist wanted list. He was reported killed on Oct. 2, 2003, in a gun battle with Pakistani troops near the Afghan border.
TRAINING CAMPS
Khadr has three brothers and two sisters. He said he and his brothers spent eight years in Afghan training camps. His eldest brother, Abdullah, is in hiding, said Khadr, who is the next oldest. The third brother, Omar, was arrested in Afghanistan in July 2002 and is held at Guantanamo, accused of throwing a grenade that killed a U.S. medic.
Karim, 14, wounded in the same gun battle that killed his father, is in custody in a Pakistani military hospital, Khadr said.
''The Khadrs are pretty infamous,'' said John Thompson, director of the MacKenzie Institute, a Toronto-based nonprofit organization that studies organized violence. ``There was intelligence before 9/11 that Khadr was a friend of bin Laden and was inside the al Qaeda command structure.''
Abdurahman Khadr was born in the Persian Gulf emirate of Bahrain and grew up in Toronto and Afghanistan, straddling the cultures of North America and the Muslim world. Although he has only an eighth-grade education, he said, he speaks five languages, including Canadian-accented English.
Khadr said his father moved the family in 1996 to an Afghan compound where Khadr first met bin Laden, whom he said he recognized from a magazine photograph. Bin Laden, Khadr recalled, despised American products and rejected many modern conveniences, including electricity.
`VERY SERIOUS'
''He is very serious and very concerned about the cause,'' Khadr said. ``He said America had destroyed our culture, our economy and destroyed our everyday living. We will do anything to make them leave Saudi Arabia.''
Although bin Laden was younger than many leaders in the compound, he was respected because he was rich, Khadr said. ``If he didn't have money, nobody would give a [expletive] about him.''
Khadr said he was captured in November 2001 by Afghanistan's Northern Alliance, a militia that cooperated with the United States against al Qaeda and the country's Taliban government.
He paid a $10,000 bribe to one of his captors to be freed but was held for more than two months before being transferred to U.S. custody, he said. The Americans asked questions about his father and brothers.
'They said, `We know your father has links. You cooperate and we will let you go,' '' he said. Khadr said he told them anything they wanted to hear.
''I told them my brother was a trainer at a training camp,'' Khadr said.
``That rumor was brought up by me when the Americans first got me. To boost my credibility with the CIA, I told them he was a trainer. But that was a lie. That was a mistake. I'm very sorry now. I said a bunch of other lies. I told them other detainees were al Qaeda.''
SPY AT GUANTANAMO
Khadr said the Americans sent him to Guantanamo to infiltrate the prison population, spy on prisoners and identify those who had spent time at training camps.
''I wasn't useful in the past because of my bad record with al Qaeda,'' he said. ``They thought I had ability in the future with all my languages.''
Khadr said CIA agents gave him a $5,000 bonus and a promise of $3,000 a month. They asked him to sign a document acknowledging his work, he said, but he did not keep a copy.
U.S. guards treated Guantanamo prisoners well, he said, but he was unhappy with the isolation and demanded his release.
``After three months in general population, I couldn't take it. I said I was going to tell the Canadians the next time they came to see my brother, if they did not let me out.''
SENT TO BOSNIA
In October, CIA officers sent him to Bosnia to spy on the Muslim community there, he said, but he still disliked working alone. By late November, he said, his CIA contacts agreed when he asked to return to Canada.
Since appearing on television, Khadr isn't anonymous in Toronto.
''I like attention,'' he said. ``I won't deny it. Sometimes it can cost you your life, but I like it.''

-----------------------------------------------

>> OUR FRIENDS THE ARMY CORPS...NOW DO IT IN IRAQ?

Report criticizes Army Corps of Engineers
By MATTHEW DALY
ASSOCIATED PRESS WRITER
WASHINGTON -- A new report says an irrigation effort in Arkansas and a flood-control pump in Mississippi are among 29 wasteful projects of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
The report by the National Wildlife Federation and Taxpayers for Common Sense also singles out projects to deepen the Columbia River and transport salmon around four Snake River dams in the Pacific Northwest.
The Army Corps risks damaging the environment for little tangible economic benefit, says the report.
Corps spokesman Dave Hewitt said the projects are recommended only after they have been molded to represent a sound investment of federal, state and local dollars.
The report calls for Congress to reform the Army Corps, saying that despite efforts by three presidents to curtail projects by withholding funding, a lack of accountability has allowed the Corps to continue wasteful spending virtually unchecked.
In the face of "exploding deficits, Congress continues to spend like drunken sailors on gold-plated pork-barrel water projects," said Steve Ellis, vice president of Taxpayers for Common Sense.
The 29 projects would cost $12 billion and threaten more than 640,000 acres of wetlands and shoreline areas; about 6,500 miles of rivers and coastlines; eight national parks, seashores and wildlife refuges; and the Great Lakes, the report said.
The report calls special attention to the $319 million Grand Prairie Irrigation Project in eastern Arkansas, which seeks to build a pumping station to deliver river water to the heart of the country's largest rice-producing region.
The Bush administration declined to fund the pumping station project in the current 2004 budget or in the proposed 2005 spending plan, but Sen. Blanche Lincoln, D-Ark., succeeded in securing $3.2 million late last year for the start of construction.
Terry Horton, executive director of the Arkansas Wildlife Federation, said the group will seek an injunction to stop work.
The corps is preparing its environmental impact statement on the Yazoo Backwater Pump project in Mississippi, which supporters say would protect more than 1,200 homes from flooding and improve farming for soybeans and other crops along the Big Sunflower River.
But critics say the $191 million project would destroy up to 200,000 acres of protected wetlands in the Mississippi Delta, as well as harm valuable bottom land hardwood.


Associated Press Writer David Hammer in Little Rock, Ark., contributed to this report.


On the Net:

Taxpayers for Common Sense: http://www.taxpayers.net

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: http://www.usace.army.mil/

----------------------------------------------------------------
Feud may hinder Madrid bombing investigation
Date: March 19 2004
Spanish security sources believe bad blood with Morocco may hamper the investigation into the Moroccan terrorist cell that appears to be behind last week's train bombings in Spain that killed 201 people and injured more than 1750.
Spanish police have arrested three Moroccans thought to be linked to Islamic terrorist groups and have identified five more who are presumed perpetrators of the bombings.
On Wednesday they widened the hunt for a further 20 Moroccans thought by Morocco to have entered Spain illegally after a string of suicide bomb attacks in Casablanca last May.
But arguments between the two governments over the island of Perejil, fishing rights and illegal immigration had badly damaged co-ordination on known shared threats, the newspaper El Mundo quoted security sources as saying.
Relations between the two countries became further embittered during the tenure of the defeated prime minister, Jose Maria Aznar. The prime minister-elect, Jose Luis Rodriguez Zapatero, made sure that one of his first remarks was a pledge to improve Spain's relations with Morocco. He also said the Government would implement additional security measures and reiterated his intention to pull Spanish troops out of Iraq.
It has emerged that the explosive used in the 10 bombs in Madrid was goma-2 ECO dynamite made last February at Union of Spanish Explosives of Paramo de Masa in Burgos, northern Spain. Police are now investigating mines and quarries to discover how about 100 kilograms of the explosive disappeared.
The security services suspect the attacks were organised by the Moroccan Combat Islamic Group, thought to have been founded in Peshawar, Pakistan, in 1993 to which the main suspect to be arrested, Jamal Zougam, has links.
Some members of Mr Aznar's People's Party are saying the Madrid attacks were not necessarily reprisals for Spain's support for the war in Iraq but based on Islam's historic claim on Spain.
The three Moroccans and two Indians arrested in connection with the bombings were due to appear in court yesterday.
The US said on Wednesday that Spain had mishandled early information about the bombings when it played down evidence that Islamic extremists were behind the plot. Mr Zapatero, who opposed the war in Iraq, was trailing in the polls before the blasts, which Mr Aznar instantly blamed on Basque separatists.
The Telegraph, London; The New York Times

Posted by maximpost at 10:38 PM EST
Updated: Thursday, 18 March 2004 11:05 PM EST
Permalink

>> OUR FRIENDS SLATE.COM


Whopper: John Kerry
Stop lying about your record!
By Timothy Noah
Posted Monday, March 15, 2004, at 3:15 PM PT

"I'm pretty tough on Castro, because I think he's running one of the last vestiges of a Stalinist secret police government in the world,'' Kerry told WPLG-ABC 10 reporter Michael Putney in an interview to be aired at 11:30 this morning.

Then, reaching back eight years to one of the more significant efforts to toughen sanctions on the communist island, Kerry volunteered: "And I voted for the Helms-Burton legislation to be tough on companies that deal with him."

--Peter Wallsten, "Kerry Stances on Cuba Open to Attack," in the March 14 Miami Herald

It seemed the correct answer in a year in which Democratic strategists think they can make a play for at least a portion of the important Cuban-American vote--as they did in 1996 when more than three in 10 backed President Clinton's reelection after he signed the sanctions measure written by Sen. Jesse Helms and Rep. Dan Burton.

There is only one problem: Kerry voted against it.

--Ibid.

(Thanks to reader John Giorgis.)

Discussion. Kerry aides told Wallsten that Kerry voted against the final bill because he disagreed with some technicalities added at the last minute, but that he voted for an earlier version of the bill. But every piece of legislation that comes before the Senate is subjected to a succession of votes, many of them tactical in nature. The only vote that counts is final passage. If it were otherwise, any legislator could claim to have voted for or against almost any bill, depending on the audience, and there would be no accountability at all.

There is no dishonor in saying, "I supported that bill initially, but some items were added to it that made it impossible for me to continue that support." Instead, Kerry lied, as is his wont.
----------------------------------------
Whopper: George Soros
Oh, that comparison between Bush and the Nazis.
By Timothy Noah
Posted Saturday, Feb. 7, 2004, at 7:12 PM PT

George Soros: I have also been accused of comparing Bush to a Nazi. And I did not do it. I would not do it, exactly because I have lived under a Nazi regime. So I know the difference. But how come that I'm accused of that?

Q: Who accused you of that?

Soros: The Republican National Commission [sic.], or whatever, and a number of newspaper articles. And I--you know, I think I really--I'm upset about being accused of that. And I'm upset that I have to defend myself against this kind of accusation.

--Interview with billionaire philanthropist George Soros, who has spent more than $15 million to oppose President Bush's re-election, on CNN's Wolf Blitzer Reports, Jan. 12, 2004.

"Soros believes that a 'supremacist ideology' guides this White House. He hears echoes in its rhetoric of his childhood in occupied Hungary. 'When I hear Bush say, "You're either with us or against us," it reminds me of the Germans.' It conjures up memories, he said, of Nazi slogans on the walls, Der Feind Hort mit ('The enemy is listening'). 'My experiences under Nazi and Soviet rule have sensitized me,' he said in a soft Hungarian accent."

--Laura Blumenfeld,"Soros' Deep Pockets vs. Bush," in the Washington Post, Nov. 11, 2003.

(Thanks to James Taranto's "Best of the Web Today" blog at OpinionJournal.com.)

Got a whopper? Send it to chatterbox@slate.com. To be considered, an entry must be an unambiguously false statement paired with an unambiguous refutation, and both must be derived from some appropriately reliable public source. Preference will be given to newspapers and other documents that Chatterbox can link to online.

------------------------------------------------------

Local Motives
Why the FCC should scrap its absurd rules for satellite radio.
By Thomas Hazlett
Posted Tuesday, March 16, 2004, at 3:01 PM PT


Early this month, in a seemingly innocuous move, XM Radio offered 15 new satellite radio channels featuring local programming--traffic updates and weather reports. But because FCC rules require XM (and its rival, Sirius) to exclusively provide national programming, each of these local channels is available all across the country. An XM subscriber in Oregon, for example, can learn about a foggy night on the coast of Florida or the traffic en route to O'Hare, just by flipping the dial.

The launch of the new channels has kicked off a highly charged debate about whether the local content is legal. Traditional broadcasters claim it's not, because the programming targets particular regions. XM and Sirius (which plans similar channels) claim it is, because the programming airs nationwide. So far, the FCC seems to be siding with XM, but the regulatory scuffle points up the pickle that satellite radio is currently in: In order to get permission to exist, XM and Sirius had to swear off local content. But in order to survive, they need to find a legal way to deliver it to subscribers.

Satellite radio broadcasting was first authorized in 1997, when two licenses were issued to the companies now known as XM and Sirius. Their applications had taken seven years for the Federal Communications Commission to approve, mainly because the National Association of Broadcasters charged that the new service threatened "traditional American values of community cohesion and local identity." (It also threatened revenues. But at the time, the FCC found that traditional radio stations drew 80 percent of their income from local advertising, which suggested that national competition would not be too damaging to existing stations.) The irony, of course, was that just as lobbyists for traditional broadcasters were making arguments about the integrity of regional identity, local stations were airing more and more national programming, and companies like Infinity and Clear Channel were launching their ambitious industry consolidation. But the NAB pressure worked both to delay satellite rivals and to get the FCC to craft license rules that seemed to ensure that satellite service would air only national shows.

XM and Sirius launched service in late 2001 and early 2002, respectively, and they now serve approximately 1.8 million subscribers. Each system features about 60 channels of music and another 40 of national news, sports, public affairs, and comedy for about $10 to $13 per month. Equipment and installation cost an additional $120-$300. Analysts tout projections of 15 million customers by 2006. But success is by no means certain. Bankruptcy rumors plagued XM in 2002, and Sirius' bondholders were awarded a huge chunk of equity to stave off bankruptcy in 2003.

And so long as satellite radio omits community news, weather, traffic, and sports, its march to financial success will be uphill. Currently, XM and Sirius subscribers can easily flip back and forth between satellite programming and AM and FM bands. Airing local content would help bring listeners directly to satellite audio when they turn the ignition--no need to scan the AM dial for traffic updates--which would make subscribers feel they were getting more for their money and heighten their loyalty to the service. It would also--as the FCC foresaw--allow satellite radio to tap into local advertising, a potentially fat new revenue stream.

Airing local programs nationwide is a good start, but it's a remarkably inefficient solution because it soaks up precious channels--and satellite operators are allotted only so much bandwidth (12.5 MHz per operator). There are, after all, about 269 local radio markets. Squeezing an extra 15 or 20 channels onto the available bandwidth is one thing, but providing more slots for local news becomes very expensive very fast.

What makes these inefficiencies particularly grating, though, is that existing technology and infrastructure would allow scores of cities to enjoy multiple full-time local news channels via satellite. This smarter way to distribute local content on satellite radio would employ the repeater stations already in use. Repeaters are land-based relays that, as the name implies, pull in satellite feeds and (using the identical frequency) retransmit them. This boosts reception for area subscribers who would otherwise hit "dead zones"--tunnels, valleys, office building canyons--where signals fade. But they could also allow programs to be customized, market to market. When boosting a satellite signal, a repeater station could insert, say, a 10-minute local news bulletin into a broadcast airing on one of XM's national news channels. And it could easily supplement the range of national channels already on offer with several local ones.

The NAB attacks repeaters--even when they're used just to boost signal strength--as "a crutch for a technology that is not up to the task of providing the seamless, mobile coverage promised by proponents." And the trade press has been littered with such ominous headlines as: "NAB Accuses XM of Local Programming Plot." Capitol Hill has been happy to play enforcer. Former House Commerce Committee chairman Billy Tauzin, R-La., admonished the FCC that regulators must be vigilant in policing rules "intended to prevent companies like XM from offering localized programming like news, weather and traffic in direct competition with small radio broadcasters."

But in this era of industry consolidation, relatively speaking, there are fewer small, independent broadcasters left to protect. And the FCC's regulations, no matter what their original intent, now serve mainly to spare incumbent broadcasters--tiny or huge--the effort and expense of competing with their satellite rivals.

The notion that traditional broadcasters deliver idiosyncratic menus closely tailored to local audiences is a quaint one. Nationally syndicated content has become the order of the radio day, and satellite programming is, if anything, less cookie-cutter than its earth-bound analogs. That this debate has been framed along such outmoded lines illustrates how increasingly strained the concept of "local" has become. Regulators lacking spatial skills are charting geographic divides when they should be mapping communities of interest. Satellite radio caters to niche preferences in music or politics by connecting dispersed audiences. The opera buff in Tuscaloosa, left for deaf by "local" radio, connects with her community when tuning to satellite radio's 100 channels. To characterize satellite programs as uniform because they are nationally distributed is absurd. To then mandate that uniformity is worse.

It's only natural that sky-bound radio competitors want to offer that additional dimension--local news, weather, traffic, and sports--and they should be allowed to use repeaters to do it. Their financial success may depend on it. The earth-bound stations certainly hope that it does. That's why they are pressing so hard to see that they can't.


Thomas Hazlett is a senior fellow at the Manhattan Institute. He formerly served as chief economist of the Federal Communications Commission.


---------------------------------------------------------
Socialists
The zombies who won the Spanish election.
By Chris Suellentrop
Posted Thursday, March 18, 2004, at 2:26 PM PT



Despite what you may have heard, socialism isn't dead. It's undead, a zombie that still roams the earth uncertain what to do with itself since its demise. It was sighted again this week, somewhere on the Iberian Peninsula, though some observers dismissed the reports. Sure, a group named the Socialist Workers Party won the elections in Spain, and a Socialist named Jos? Luis Rodr?guez Zapatero is slated to become the country's next prime minister. But it says something about the state of small-"s" socialism--in addition to the state of the world--that conservatives are attacking Zapatero for his response to terrorism, not his attitude toward capitalism.

Granted, the war in Iraq and the war against al-Qaida are the whole reason the world has been watching Spain so closely for the past week. But there's another reason for the conservative silence about Zapatero's economics: The socialist debate over what to do about capitalism--and the proletariat, and the theory of surplus value, and the ownership of the means of production--is largely over in Europe. If the old libel against American liberals is that they're socialists, the new European libel against socialists is that they're liberals--classical ones. Here are some of the economic promises on which Zapatero's Socialist Workers Party campaigned: lowering the corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 30 percent, cutting income taxes, and reducing the value-added tax. Oh, and they're going to balance the budget and control inflation. The man expected to be the Socialist finance minister, Miguel Sebastian, is a U.S.-educated economist with a Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota. He's promising to put his faith in the Invisible Hand. "There will be a strict separation between politics and business," he told the Financial Times. "We will be a market-friendly government." These are socialists?

They're what's left of them. The 43-year-old Zapatero took the helm of the Socialist Workers Party in 2000, in the wake of a disastrous election for the party. That year, the Socialists allied themselves with the Communists, known as the United Left, but for the first time since Franco's death in 1975, the Socialists and the United Left together did not win a majority of Spanish votes. In the wake of that defeat, Zapatero pledged to follow a "Nueva Via," or New Way, rhetorically aligning himself with the "New Democrats" of Bill Clinton, the "Third Way" of Tony Blair, and the "New Middle" of Gerhard Schr?der. He would navigate between market fundamentalism and state socialism. The clear message: The era of big socialism is over.

To American ears, that sounds ridiculous. Of course it's over. But to the European left it's not so simple. For example, it wasn't until 1995 that Tony Blair convinced the British Labor Party to change Clause Four of its constitution, which had bound the party to pursue "the common ownership of the means of production, distribution, and exchange." In other words, to abolish capitalism. To old Labor loyalists, Clause Four was like the Human Life Amendment in the Republican Party platform, which would amend the U.S. Constitution to ban abortion. They knew their party wouldn't do anything about it if it took power, but they liked having it there as a statement of values. In One Hundred Years of Socialism, the historian Donald Sassoon notes that over the course of the 1960s, '70s, and '80s, European socialists went from wanting to get rid of capitalism to declaring "that they were the ideal managers of it."

But Zapatero, Blair, and Schr?der are taking this a step further: They're dropping much of the socialist project of economic interventionism. The vestige of socialism they cling to is the commitment to a strong social safety net that can balance the inequities of unbridled capitalism. Schr?der may be going the furthest: He's trying to cut Germany's welfare state in order to save it. (Americans might be amused that some Germans are outraged because they now pay $12.40 each time they visit the doctor.) Zapatero's shift toward market economics is understandable: He has to live up to the stellar performance of his predecessor. As the Wall Street Journal Europe noted this week, during Jos? Maria Aznar's eight years as Spain's prime minister, unemployment dropped from 20 percent to 11 percent, and the country created 40 percent of the European Union's new jobs, 4.2 million of them. During the Socialists' 20-year reign from 1976 to 1996, the country's job growth netted out at zero.

Of course, European socialists have long coexisted with capitalism, as the historian Sassoon has argued. Although they long believed that capitalism would wither away, socialist parties in Western Europe have contented themselves with the short-run goal of making the current economic system a more just one. As Paul Berman once put it the New York Times, socialism "has modestly shriveled into what it always should have been: an ethical orientation, not an economic how-to guide."


Chris Suellentrop is Slate's deputy Washington bureau chief. You can e-mail him at suellentrop@slate.com.

Posted by maximpost at 6:20 PM EST
Permalink

>> WMD? WHERE?

washingtonpost.com
Nuclear Security Training Lacking
Plants Eliminated or Reduced Drills Designed to Repel Attacks, U.S. Says
Associated Press
Thursday, March 18, 2004; Page A29
Nuclear weapons plants have eliminated or reduced training for guards responsible for repelling terrorist attacks, leaving the government unable to guarantee the plants can be adequately defended, the Energy Department's internal watchdog said.
One plant has reduced training hours by 40 percent, and some plants conduct tactical training only in classrooms, according to a report from the department's inspector general.
Some contractors fear that injuries among guards during training exercises could reduce bonus payments from the government, the report said. Guards typically receive 320 hours of training.
Only one of 10 plants surveyed, Hanford, Wash., trains guards in the basic use of a shotgun, according to the report. None of the plants teaches guards how to rappel down buildings or cliffs because of concerns that guards might be injured. The report noted that one guard died rappelling in 1995.
"Inconsistent training methods may increase the risk that the department's protective forces will not be able to safely respond to security incidents or will use excessive levels of force," said the report prepared by Inspector General Gregory H. Friedman's office and released Tuesday.
The National Nuclear Security Administration, which protects nuclear plants, acknowledged in a letter responding to the inspector general that training for guards has suffered because of overtime demands at weapons plants. It promised to review training to make sure it is adequate.
The criticisms were the latest leveled against the government's ability to protect nuclear facilities, long considered prime targets for espionage and terrorist attacks.
The inspector general complained in January that security guards who repelled four simulated terrorist attacks at the Y-12 weapons plant in Tennessee had been tipped in advance. The plant processes parts for nuclear weapons and maintains vast supplies of bomb-grade uranium.
That earlier report also determined that at least two guards defending the mock attacks had been allowed to look at computer simulations a day before the attacks.
The newest report said some of the plants are not adequately training guards how to use handcuffs, fight hand-to-hand or defend against terrorists in vehicles.
"Defense tactics training should be as realistic as possible," the report said. "Anything less may rob the trainee of the exposure to the levels of force, panic, and confusion that are usually present during an actual attack and increase the possibility of an inappropriate response in high stress situations."
At some weapons plants, for example, instructors used wooden mock-ups or removed windshields from the vehicles of mock terrorists for safety. But experts said that prevents guards from learning how glass affects gunfire or the visibility of a target inside.
The report said all 10 weapons plants surveyed have reduced training in at least two important areas. The plants were the Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory in California; the Nevada Test Site near Nellis Air Force Base; the Oak Ridge Complex in Tennessee; the Rocky Flats Environmental Technology Site near Denver; the Hanford site; Sandia National Laboratories in California; the Pantex Plant in Amarillo, Tex.; the Savannah River Site in South Carolina; the Los Alamos National Laboratory in New Mexico; and the Idaho National Engineering and Environmental Laboratory.

? 2004 The Washington Post Company

------------------------------------------------------
"Monster Island"
New York's Plum Island is a level-4 bioresearch facility. What exactly is going on there?
Alan Cabal


I make it a rule to never ascribe malicious intent to any occurrence that can be reasonably attributed to human stupidity. There is no such thing as a completely fail-safe system; at least, none that human ingenuity can devise. Likewise, I acknowledge the role of coincidence in the course of human events. Synchronicity does not necessarily imply a designing will. Shit happens, as they say.
The tragic loss of the space shuttle Columbia is a classic illustration of both of these principles: The shuttle is as close to a fail-safe system as our species is capable of. No one at NASA wants to lose an astronaut to an accident. The fact that it broke up over Palestine, TX, while carrying an Israeli war hero is simply a coincidence. It was not brought down by a stone-throwing child, an errant kite or a suicide bomber. There are those who see the Hand of God in coincidences such as this. I am not one of those people.
That said, I do tend to agree with the ancient Greeks that hubris leads inevitably to a correction of some sort. As hubris has become as ubiquitous as obesity in America lately, I try not to concern myself too much with it. Inasmuch as I can, I keep my concerns local.
And locally, there is no more terrifying example of hubris than the Plum Island Animal Disease Research Center.
Located just two miles off the tip of Long Island and six miles from the Connecticut coastline, Plum Island is home to a Bio-Safety Level 4 (BSL-4) research facility. The only comparable government facilities in the country are the United States Army laboratory at Fort Detrick, MD, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention in Atlanta. Plum Island is specifically engaged in the study of zoonotic diseases. Zoonotic diseases are diseases that can be transmitted from animals to humans, like West Nile, like Lyme disease. Like Ebola.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture established the research facility there after acquiring the 840-acre island from the military at the end of World War II. The initial charter from Congress mandated the study of animal diseases, particularly foot-and-mouth disease, with an eye toward eradicating these maladies from the nation's livestock. It seemed an ideal location for such an endeavor: prevailing winds, after all, blow out to sea.
In 1954, the research took a more aggressive turn, with scientists looking to cook up ways to inflict damage on Soviet livestock. The Cuban government alleges that in the 1960s and 70s, bioweapons developed at Plum were deployed against Cuban agriculture, targeting pork, tobacco and sugar cane. Back in 1999, Floyd P. Horn, administrator of the Agriculture Research Service, persuaded President Clinton to include Plum Island in his expanded bioterrorism program based on the possibility of a biological attack on the nation's agricultural base. Last year the administration of the island's research facilities was transferred from USDA to the Department of Homeland Security.
The 200-odd employees do not live on the island; they commute from their homes in Connecticut and Long Island. The facility is only accessible by government ferry, and local sailors who have strayed too close have reported being warned off in no uncertain terms by armed military personnel. The diseases being researched do not live exclusively under glass--there are quite a number of infected live animals for study there. Some of these diseases have an incubation period extending for days.
Which means that it is entirely possible for a researcher to be unknowingly infected on a Friday and then spend the weekend cheerfully spreading some hideous plague from the Hamptons to Tribeca. The government claims that there has only been one outbreak on the island--foot-and-mouth in 1978--which they contained by killing all the livestock. They further maintain that there has never been a leak to the mainland. Apparently the first appearance of what we now call Lyme disease a mere 13 miles northeast of the facility falls under the category of coincidence, as does the mysterious and still unexplained appearance of West Nile virus in Long Island and New York City.
Coincidences, it seems, abound at Plum.
Until 1991, all of the employees were federal. During 1991 and '92, the workforce bifurcated, with many of the jobs being turned over to the private sector, which naturally led to a simmering resentment in the ranks. On August 13, 2002, the resentment came to a full boil and a strike was called: 76 members of the International Union of Operating Engineers walked out at midnight after negotiations on wages and benefits broke down. The union members, employed by a government subcontractor, LB&B Associates, headquartered in Columbia, MD, were responsible for essential support services such as decontamination, waste-water treatment, keeping the generators in working order and other maintenance and safety-oriented occupations. For the duration of the strike, temps were brought in to replace them, the sentinels and technicians of the island's infrastructure.
By the end of that month, the FBI had been called to the island to investigate allegations of sabotage. It seems that the water pressure on the island fell precipitously, disabling decontamination facilities and the necropsy rooms used to examine dead animals. The union blamed the problem on the inexperienced temporary replacement workers, suggesting that they had not been adequately screened and lacked the training to properly maintain the essential daily activity of the island, let alone handle an emergency. Jacob Bunch, a spokesman for LB&B, refused to comment on the FBI investigation and responded to a New York Times reporter's query about the replacement workers by stating that "In terms of training, I will tell you that people are well trained or they wouldn't be there. I am not going to get into how they are trained." He flatly refused to discuss the issue of security clearances.
The strike and the FBI investigation drew unwanted attention to the island. Local residents in Connecticut and Long Island have long harbored suspicions about the nature of the research being done on "Mystery Island," as some call it. One local politician was quoted as saying, "I have gotten calls from constituents asking if it is safe. People worry about Plum Island under routine circumstances, so you can expect that they worry more when circumstances are as unusual as these."
Press requests to visit the island were denied by both the FBI and the USDA, but one union official claimed to have received a frantic call from one of the replacement workers. As he put it, "They were sleeping on cots, working 12- hour shifts and not being able to make calls off the island. He described their condition as being held captive." The chief operating officer of LB&B, Ed Brandon, scoffed at the report, saying that the worker in question had already left the island and that everything was under control and running smoothly.
As a result of the FBI investigation, one of the strikers, Mark J. DePonte, pleaded guilty to tampering with government property. Coincidentally, in October a 600-gallon container of liquid nitrogen somehow managed to tumble off the rear of one of the island's ferries. Shortly thereafter, it was revealed that at least one of the replacement workers had an arrest record.
During the fifth month of the strike, a three-hour power outage renewed public interest in the island. It certainly piqued my interest. On that day, I could not help but fixate on Stephen King's The Stand and Larry Underwood's trek through a sea of corpses in the Lincoln Tunnel, clawing his way out to Jersey. I found the failure of all three of the island's backup generators particularly provocative. Jovial corporate gasbag Ed Brandon had nothing to say about the inability of the replacement workers to operate the generators after five months on the job, and his erstwhile associate Jacob Bunch was equally dumbstruck.
I packed up the car, scored some weed, picked up my girlfriend and headed to the Jersey Shore, just to be on the safe side. Coincidence and stupidity will kill you just as dead as conspiracy and evil genius, if the wind is right, so we holed up in a motel in Ocean City and followed the story from there.
The only reason the incident went public at all was that one of the replacement workers basically flipped a gasket and called Hillary Clinton's office, spilling the beans on the power failure to one of her staffers. The worker stated that, "The reason I am coming forward is because what I have seen at the center is really out of hand and something needs to be done about it."
And just like that, the possibility of disaster was in the open.
Without power, the air filtration systems are inoperable. Without power, decontamination procedures break down. Without power, the seals in the pressurized airlock doors start to deflate. According to one report, workers were desperately sealing the doors with duct tape.
My girlfriend and I stayed in Ocean City for a few days, walking the deserted frozen boardwalk together and monitoring the news for any signs of an incipient human die-off in New York. The most frightening book I have ever read is Laurie Garrett's The Coming Plague, a comprehensive overview of emerging rain-forest viruses and antibiotic-resistant bacteria. I was so badly rattled that I actually put the book down about three-quarters of the way through. Sitting down there at the Jersey Shore, watching the whitecaps roll in through the desolate frozen darkness on the longest night of the year, it was all too easy to imagine Manhattan in the throes of a deadly epidemic triggered by some half-wit scab's inability to figure out the basics of generator maintenance and operation.
I took an inventory of the worst zoonotic plagues I could think of: Nipah virus, anthrax, Venezuelan Equine Encephalitis, Hanta virus--
Hanta, I recalled, is transmitted in rodent feces. There was an outbreak in the Four Corners area in the southwest, back in the early 90s. The vector? Pinola nuts contaminated by rat shit.
I reflected on the mother of all plagues, the incomparable Ebola virus, the deadliest strain of which, Ebola Zaire, has a 90 percent kill rate. Transmission is ridiculously easy: The victim starts sneezing at a certain point early in the infection, and the sneeze contains aerosolized droplets of infected blood. Ba-da-bing, ba-da-bang, ba-da-boom--you've got it. In about 10 days, you bleed out and die as your cardio-vascular system... Well, your cardio-vascular system just sort of melts. Ebola Zaire would burn through this city like a fire in a cardboard factory.
Up in New Haven, CT, in 1994, a worker at Yale University's Arbovirus Laboratory became infected with Sabia virus, went home, then took a little jaunt to Boston, where it became apparent to him that his symptoms were serious. More recently, in February of this year, a Fort Detrick researcher inadvertently stuck herself with a needle containing one of the three known Ebola variants. None of the reports of the incident specified which strain, but one can only assume it was the relatively benign Ebola Reston, as she was permitted to go home and gather some "necessities" before being placed in quarantine the next day. She was released from quarantine on March 3.
Sometimes you get lucky.
The research at Plum Island has taken some very alarming turns. In 2001, the New York Times revealed the existence of the Defense Department's "Project Jefferson," an effort to develop a vaccine-resistant form of anthrax. The Pentagon responded to the story by asserting that the project would be completed and the results classified.
Last year, a St. Louis University virologist by the name of Mark Buller revealed in a characteristically dry academic report that he was tinkering with a more lethal form of mousepox, a relative of smallpox, and intended to extend this work to cowpox, which can infect humans. Buller's intent is to devise countermeasures against making pox viruses more lethal, but the central conundrum of bioweaponry defense research is that, by necessity, it entails offensive bioweaponry research.
For his part, Buller is aware of the problem. "When you have thrown a lot of money at it," he told Mother Jones magazine, "people start to think very hard about what is possible, losing sight of what is practical."
Problem is, this research doesn't take place in a vacuum. These researchers are academics--they publish. As the hackers have been telling us for three decades, information wants to be free. So, creating increasingly deadly bioweapons in order to determine how they can be thwarted generates an endless spiral of increasingly potent plagues that must inevitably succumb to that most familiar and unforgiving of universal principles, Murphy's Law.
A lot of people in the know are sounding alarms about this. Richard Ebright, lab director at the Waksman Institute of Microbiology at Rutgers University, is quoted by Michael Scherer in this month's Mother Jones as saying, "That is work that creates a new vulnerability for the United States and the world. It's like the National Institute of Health was funding a research and development arm of Al Qaeda." Scherer also points out that the government is going full speed ahead with this sort of thing, doubling the Pentagon budget for chemical/biological warfare and pouring up to $10 billion into bioweaponry projects alone.
We are knee-deep in a new arms race, far more terrifying than anything the nukes race had to offer. Accidents happened with our nuclear launch protocols during the Cold War--we came close, far too close, on several occasions--and it's far easier to accidentally release a tick or a mosquito into the environment, or scratch oneself with an infected needle, than it is to inadvertently launch a missile.
Plum Island is 136 miles from the city, as the crow flies. If that crow should happen to land there briefly, perhaps to snack on a tempting bit of carrion, there is a realistic chance that the crow might then become patient zero, carrying back with it some unwholesome and unwelcome souvenir. Or consider the disgruntled, overworked generator mechanic suffering under the burden of a difficult divorce compounded by a bad reaction to Zoloft who goes postal--on a whole new level. Or maybe a series of unfortunate, coincidental and entirely benign failures will pile up like SUVs on black ice.
The list of possibilities for disaster goes on and on. I prefer not to be in close proximity to people who insist on flouting Murphy's Law, especially when they're toying around with what we euphemistically refer to these days as Weapons of Mass Destruction. It's like drinking in a cop bar.
There's been a lot of blather and hoo-hah in the news around here lately that New Yorkers are unprepared for another major disaster along the lines of the Sept. 11 attacks. Very few businesses have established any kind of emergency preparedness drills or protocols, and the average citizen seems to be living in some hideously banal postmodern fog of confusion and denial. A friend of mine up in Inwood bought an ultralight kayak, figuring to haul it down to the estuary there and paddle away to Jersey if and when the bodies start piling up.
Even if nothing ever happens, it's a great toy in the summer months.
For more on Plum Island, see Jim Knipfel's review of Michael Christopher Carroll's Lab 257: The Disturbing Story of the Government's Secret Plum Island Germ Laboratory, p. 40.
Volume 17, Issue 11
---------------------------------------------------------
>> KERRY ENDORSEMENTS WATCH, 1-KIM JONG-IL, 2...
Former Malaysian Leader Endorses Kerry
Thu Mar 18,11:56 AM ET
PUTRAJAYA, Malaysia - Former Malaysian Prime Minister Mahathir Mohamad endorsed Democratic contender John Kerry (news - web sites) in the U.S. presidential race Thursday, saying he would keep the world safer than President Bush (news - web sites).
"I think Kerry would be much more willing to listen to the voices of people and of the rest of the world," Mahathir, who retired in October after 22 years in power, told The Associated Press in an interview.
"But in the U.S., the Jewish lobby is very strong, and any American who wants to become president cannot change the policy toward Palestine radically," he said.
Mahathir, who was one of the most outspoken leaders in the Islamic world, also said the March 11 train bombings in Spain demonstrated that the Iraqi war has aggravated international terrorism and raised hostility toward Washington and its allies.

---------------------------------------------------------------


Abolishing Congress
A modest proposal.



O.K., I have almost made it through my second year as a citizen of this splendid republic. I think I know the ropes, now, and am au fait with all the essentials of being a Yankee Doodle Dandy. I live in a quiet suburb, in a detached house with a Stars and Stripes hanging proudly by the door. I decorate my garden with lights at Christmas, and do not recognize Boxing Day. (Nor Guy Fawkes Night, Shrove Tuesday, or Whitsun.) I vote conscientiously, according to some rather simple rules I have worked out: against any issue of any bond, against any person I know to belong, or suspect of belonging, to any public-employee union, against any member of any party that is not Republican or obviously conservative, etc. I understand the ground-rule double and know the difference between a sinker and a slider. I own two fine handguns, which I practice with at the town range when opportunity permits. I am the proud father of two American kids, both of whom can recite the Pledge of Allegiance. Each of my two ordinary American family cars could accommodate an ordinary English family car in its boot, which I know to call the "trunk." I refer to an aubergine as an "eggplant," courgettes as "zucchini," and biscuits as "cookies"; I call a cock a "rooster," a purse a "pocketbook," and a tap a "faucet."* Afflicted with any bodily ailment or injury I consult an attorney as well as, and in some cases before, seeing a doctor. I save diligently so that my kids can go to universities where they will be taught to hate their ancestors (at least the white ones) and accord proper "dignity" and "respect" to people who prefer small molluscs as sex partners. I...

Er, wait a minute, I am trending negative there. Suffice it to say that I consider myself thoroughly Americanized. In some respects, in fact, I may have gone too far: I have read "Snow-Bound" and "The Courtship of Miles Standish" all the way through, and am the only person you ever heard of that can sing the second verse of the national anthem.

There is only one thing I don't quite understand about my new country: What the hell use is the U.S. Congress?

Now, I know, of course, what the Congress is supposed to be for. Article I, Section 8 of the U.S. Constitution spells it out. "To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defense and general Welfare of the United States... etc., etc., etc." The problem is, Congress either isn't doing the things it's supposed to do, or is doing them so excruciatingly badly it would be better they were not done at all. Take a look.

"To declare War, grant Letters of Marque and Reprisal, and make Rules concerning Captures on Land and Water."

I confess I am not sure about the Letters of Marque and Reprisal -- possibly the assembled Senators and Representatives granted a few while I was busy providing for the day that was passing over me; but when was the last time they plucked up the courage to declare War? (Love those capitalized substantives!) Before I was born, that's when, and I am no spring chicken. Oh, we have fought plenty of wars since then, but Congress never declared any. Probably they felt that would be a bit more responsibility than they could handle. After all, if Congress were to declare War, then the ladies and gentlemen who comprise Congress would be collectively responsible for the outcome of the war, wouldn't they? Eeeeek! Best leave it to the Executive.

"To establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization..."

In other words, to set some clear standards for who should, and who should not, become a citizen. How archaic! In this breezy modern world of globalization and open borders, all those smelly old prejudices about foreigners (nativism! racism! anti-immigrant!) have been swept away long since. All you have to do to become a citizen is just get here... then wait for the next presidential amnesty. What's Congress got to do with it?

"To define and punish Piracies and Felonies committed on the High Seas, and Offenses against the Law of Nations."

So, let's see: If a rogue foreign nation were to force down one of our planes over international waters, strip it of all its equipment and fittings, and impound the crew, then Congress is supposed to punish that nation? As they say in Beijing: Ha ha ha ha ha ha ha!

Come to think of it, look at that very first responsibility of the U.S. Congress:

"To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises..."

Here the Congress has been not merely active, but a darn sight too active. The federal tax code currently contains 55,000 pages, and is expanding at a rate of 50 pages a day. Does anyone actually understand all that verbiage? No, of course not. The federal tax code is not there to be understood. It is there to provide breaks and relief and handouts to every group of 20 citizens who can squawk loud enough to get a congressperson's attention. It is, in short, a joke. A flat tax or a consumption tax would make far more sense, in both equity and efficiency; but then congresspersons would not be able to spend 100 percent of their time being wined and dined by the Aardvark Breeders Association of America and Black Lesbian Rock-Climbers for Peace. They would have to occupy themselves with stuff like declaring War or controlling the nation's borders. Where would be the fun in that? Where would be the profit?

Article I, Section 8 doesn't list all of Congress's responsibilities. Check out Article III, Section 2, for example, which contains this little nugget:

"In all Cases affecting Ambassadors, other public Ministers and Consuls, and those in which a State shall be Party, the supreme Court shall have original Jurisdiction. In all the other Cases before mentioned, the supreme Court shall have appellate Jurisdiction, both as to Law and Fact, with such Exceptions, and under such Regulations as the Congress shall make."

(My italics.) So in a Case not "affecting Ambassadors" etc. -- let's say, oh, a case in which some citizens have chosen to dispute the ancient and customary definition of marriage -- the Supreme Court has jurisdiction only if the Congress has not declared that particular Case an Exception under the aforementioned Article, and if Congress has made explicit Regulations declaring that the Court does indeed have such jurisdiction. Hmmm. So this issue I have been reading so much about, of renegade federal judges legislating from the bench, is really not an issue at all, since Congress could just forbid them to take the relevant Cases! Does anyone in Congress know this? Why don't they act on it? See above under "declaration of War."

It is my pride and honor to be a citizen of the same state as Judge Gideon Tucker, the man who said, back in 1866, that: "No man's life, liberty or property is safe while the Legislature is in session." I suppose he was talking about the New York State legislature, in which case he was not at all mistaken; but his words apply equally well, in fact a fortiori, to the U.S. Congress and those who make their living there. The mystery is, that 138 years after Judge Tucker enunciated this obvious truth, we still put up with this expensive, extravagant, purposeless nuisance.

Hold on there, Derb, I hear you murmuring. Aren't you going a bit too far here? After all, Congress does make laws, you know. And we do need laws, don't we?

We certainly do. However, you should entertain the possibility that we already have all the laws we need, and that the republic would probably get along just fine if no new laws were passed for a few years. Twenty years ago we had several hundred less federal laws than we have now. I suppose that in some ways we were worse off in 1984; but things weren't bad.

And just try looking closely at the laws the Congress actually passes. Let's take the best-publicized legislative success of the Clinton administration, the passing of the North American Free Trade Agreement by both houses of Congress in 1993. Has it actually done us any good? I have been trying to find out, and believe me, it ain't easy. It is clear, at any rate, that it hasn't done Mexico any good; wages are lower in Mexico now, by comparison with U.S. wages, than they were in 1994! Yet this was a big selling point for the Agreement: lift up Mexico, and we'll have no illegal-immigration problem. Sorry, that didn't work.

Let's try another one: the No Child Left Behind Act. This may be the stupidest piece of legislation ever to crawl down from Capitol Hill. In effect, it legislates that the earth is flat. Dan Seligman exposed the whole silly thing in a recent Forbes article:

And yet the law's main problem continues to be unrepresented in the news stories. The problem is that some students are not smart enough to do well on tests.

The law also states, insanely, that by 2014 all American students must be 'proficient' in reading and math. Any school at which this doesn't happen will suffer severe penalties, up to and including a takeover by the state. Yet the shape of the bell curve guarantees that most schools will fail. No amount of accountability, incentives and superduper teaching can possibly get all the kids in any sizable school up to 100% proficiency by 2014. The act supported by all those hardheaded businessmen is utterly utopian.

Et cetera, et cetera, et read-it-and-weep cetera.

What else has Congress done for us recently? The Defense of Marriage Act? Everyone understands that this is a waste of paper. The matter it was supposed to resolve will be decided by the courts, or by a constitutional amendment. The law is, like the body that passed it, irrelevant. This year's Medicaid bill? Uh-huh. Any year's budget resolution? Oh, right.
Congress? Abolish it! I have been on the premises. If you cleared out all the time-servers, cranks, bores, boors, freaks, fools, paid agents of foreign powers, and front men for the trail lawyers, public-employee unions, fruit growers, oil companies, and Mideast royal families, you could turn the Capitol building into a very fine suite of racketball courts and indoor shooting ranges, with enough space left over for some bowling lanes and perhaps even a decent-sized swimming pool. What are we waiting for? All the governing of our country is being done by judges and federal bureaucrats anyway. For what, exactly, do we need Congress?

* * *
* A key difference between British and American English is that the latter was, at some point in the 18th or 19th century, stripped of any word that might conceivably be taken to refer to any embarrassing body part, or act of intimacy. I grew up in England saying "behind the house," but I have now trained myself to say "back of...," like a good American. The "rocks" my children throw at anything available can are the same size as the "stones" I used to throw when I was their age -- but "stones" is used in the Bible to refer to male gonads. (Which is also why I now give my weight as "180 pounds" instead of "13 stone.") For "tap" (though spelled "tup"), see Othello I.i. One of the principal landmarks in my hometown was an inn called The Cock -- I used to ride a bus that had that destination proudly displayed on the front..., and so on. I am fine with all this bowdlerization, have got quite used to it, and in fact, given the state of our popular culture, would welcome a return of the honest American prudery that brought it about.

http://www.nationalreview.com/derbyshire/derbyshire200403180921.asp



--------------------------------------------------------------
While Republicans were sleeping
By Dan Haley
Denver Post Editorial Board
Where have all the Republicans gone?
I'm not talking about all of the would-be candidates who scattered like bugs in the days after Sen. Ben Nighthorse Campbell announced he wouldn't seek re-election - after months of his campaign staff assuring us he would.
I'm looking for those dyed-in-the-wool conservatives who once kept government out of our lives and federal spending in check.
With a $1 trillion deficit looming, social programs ballooning and amnesty awaiting illegals, national Democrats have co-opted the Republicans' mojo.
For weeks, Democratic presidential candidates criss-crossed the country, beating their chests about slashing the deficit and giving the middle class a tax break. They ripped a page from the old GOP playbook as they ripped the no-tax-but-still-spend president.
And guilty Republicans didn't say a word.
Meanwhile, Massachusetts Sen. John Kerry, who rarely met a spending bill he didn't like in 18 years of Senate work - unless, of course, it involved defense or intelligence - is suddenly the picture of fiscal sanity.
If President Bush loses the election in November, it won't be because of the war in Iraq. It will be over WMDs: White, Moderate, Disenfranchised voters. They thought they elected the second coming of Ronald Reagan in 2000 but instead ended up with a less crusty version of Lyndon Johnson with a hole in his pocket.
If Kerry continues to talk like a moderate, he just may find the WMDs in his corner.
The first President Bush lost his re-election bid for one primary reason: He disenfranchised his conservative base and allowed a surly Texas billionaire with a can-do attitude to siphon off precious votes of moderates and conservatives.
Not wanting to repeat the sins of his father, it seemed George W. was on track to placate the far right of his party. He pushed funding for faith-based initiatives at the beginning of his term and abandoned most stem-cell research because of right-to-life concerns. He later even rained on the gay-wedding parade, after originally calling it a state matter.
But now he seems to be pandering to the left, too. How else to explain the $18 million boost to the National Endowment of the Arts budget? The guy who once said baseball was his favorite cultural experience wants to boost funding for the same folks who brought us Andres Serrano's "Piss Christ" - a photo of a crucifix submerged in a jar of urine.
Those artsy folks aren't going to vote for Bush even if he submerses his own mother in that jar.
President Bush needs to start pandering to the great masses in the middle. If he truly hopes to avoid his father's fate, he'll have to convince more than a few WMDs that he hasn't lost touch with reality.
Humor writer Dave Barry said more than a decade ago that Democrats tend to be the nicer people but they have the management skills of celery. He said he would be reluctant to trust them with a Cuisinart, much less the economy.
My, how times have changed.
When former Congressman Bob Schaffer announced he was running for Campbell's seat, he pledged to bring fiscal sanity back to Washington through "responsible federal spending." With a Republican president and GOP-controlled Congress, that already should be a given and the least of his worries.
Meanwhile, in Colorado, Republican lawmakers aren't spending money - because there isn't any - and instead are dreaming up new ways for the government to interfere in our private lives and businesses, such as worrying about where bookstores place "racy" magazines. It's all in the name of an undeclared culture war, where morality isn't taught by words and examples, but rather legislated.
Barry Goldwater must be rolling over in his grave.
Republicans are dangerously close to losing some of the control in Washington that it took decades to earn. To retain it, they need to return to their roots: Smaller government, less spending, less intrusion.
It may not be sexy, but it works.
Dan Haley is a member of The Post's editorial board.


All contents Copyright 2004 The Denver Post or other copyright holders. All rights reserved.
-------------------------------------------------------------------

ON THE RECORD

A Clear Choice
John Kerry "speaks as if only those who openly oppose America's objectives have a chance of earning his respect."
BY DICK CHENEY
Thursday, March 18, 2004 12:01 a.m. EST
(Editor's note: Vice President Cheney delivered this speech yesterday at the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library and Museum in Simi Valley, Calif.)
Last fall, some people with short memories were asking why on earth California would want to put an actor in the governor's office. The question brought to mind images of 1966, and all the great events that were set in motion by the election of Gov. Ronald Reagan. From his first day in Sacramento to his last day in Washington, Ronald Reagan showed a certain kind of leadership. He had confidence in himself, and even deeper confidence in the United States and our place among nations. His principles were the product of a good heart, a sturdy Midwestern character, and years of disciplined preparation for the work that history gave him. He had a basic awareness of good and evil that made him a champion of human freedom, and the greatest foe of the greatest tyranny of his time. The Cold War ended as it did, not by chance, not by some inevitable progression of events: It ended because Ronald Reagan was president of the United States.
After the fall of Soviet communism, some observers confidently assumed that America would never again face such determined enemies, or an aggressive ideology, or the prospect of catastrophic violence. But standing here in 2004, we can see clearly how a new enemy was organizing and gathering strength over a period of years. And the struggle we are in today, against terrorist enemies intending violence on a massive scale, requires the same qualities of leadership that saw our nation to victory in the Cold War. We must build and maintain military strength capable of operating in different theaters of action with decisive force. We must not only have that power, but be willing to use it when required to defend our freedom and our security.
We must support those around the world who are taking risks to advance freedom, justice, and democracy, just as President Reagan did. American policy must be clear and consistent in its purposes. And American leaders--above all, the commander in chief--must be confident in our nation's cause, and unwavering until the danger to our people is fully and finally removed.
The attacks of September 11, 2001, signaled the arrival of an entirely different era. We suffered massive civilian casualties on our own soil. We awakened to dangers even more lethal--the possibility that terrorists could gain chemical, biological or even nuclear weapons from outlaw regimes, and turn those weapons against the United States and our friends. We came to understand that for all the destruction and grief we saw that day, September 11 gave only the merest glimpse of the threat that international terrorism poses to this and other nations. If terrorists ever do acquire weapons of mass destruction--on their own or with help from a terror regime--they will use those weapons without the slightest constraint of reason or morality. Instead of losing thousands of lives, we might lose tens or even hundreds of thousands of lives in a single day of horror. Remembering what we saw on the morning of 9/11, and knowing the nature of these enemies, we have as clear a responsibility as could ever fall to government: We must do everything in our power to protect our people from terrorist attack, and to keep terrorists from ever acquiring weapons of mass destruction.
This great and urgent responsibility has required a shift in national security policy. For many years prior to 9/11, we treated terror attacks against Americans as isolated incidents, and answered--if at all--on an ad hoc basis, and never in a systematic way. Even after an attack inside our own country--the 1993 bombing at the World Trade Center, in New York--there was a tendency to treat terrorist incidents as individual criminal acts, to be handled primarily through law enforcement. The man who perpetrated that attack in New York was tracked down, arrested, convicted and sent off to serve a 240-year sentence. Yet behind that one man was a growing network with operatives inside and outside the United States, waging war against our country.
For us, that war started on 9/11. For them, it started years before. After the World Trade Center attack in 1993 came the murders at the Saudi Arabia National Guard Training Center in Riyadh, in 1995; the simultaneous bombings of American embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, in 1998; the attack on the USS Cole, in 2000. In 1996, Khalid Shaykh Muhammad--the mastermind of 9/11--first proposed to Osama bin Laden that they use hijacked airliners to attack targets in the U.S. During this period, thousands of terrorists were trained at al Qaeda camps in Afghanistan. And we have seen the work of terrorists in many attacks since 9/11--in Riyadh, Casablanca, Istanbul, Mombasa, Bali, Jakarta, Najaf, Baghdad and, most recently, Madrid.
Against this kind of determined, organized, ruthless enemy, America requires a new strategy--not merely to prosecute a series of crimes, but to fight and win a global campaign against the terror network. Our strategy has several key elements. We have strengthened our defenses here at home, organizing the government to protect the homeland. But a good defense is not enough. The terrorist enemy holds no territory, defends no population, is unconstrained by rules of warfare, and respects no law of morality. Such an enemy cannot be deterred, contained, appeased or negotiated with. It can only be destroyed--and that, ladies and gentlemen, is the business at hand.
We are dismantling the financial networks that have funded terror; we are going after the terrorists themselves wherever they plot and plan. Of those known to be directly involved in organizing the attacks of 9/11, most are now in custody or confirmed dead. The leadership of al Qaeda has sustained heavy losses, and they will sustain more.
America is also working closely with intelligence services all over the globe. The best intelligence is necessary--not just to win the war on terror, but also to stop the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. So we have enhanced our intelligence capabilities, in order to trace dangerous weapons activity. We have organized a proliferation security initiative, to interdict lethal materials and technologies in transit. We are aggressively pursuing another dangerous source of proliferation: black-market operatives who sell equipment and expertise related to weapons of mass destruction. The world recently learned of the network led by A.Q. Khan, the former head of Pakistan's nuclear weapons program. Khan and his associates sold nuclear technology and know-how to outlaw regimes around the world, including Iran and North Korea. Thanks to the tireless work of intelligence officers from the United States, the U.K., Pakistan, and other nations, the Khan network is now being dismantled piece by piece.
And we are applying the Bush doctrine: Any person or government that supports, protects, or harbors terrorists is complicit in the murder of the innocent, and will be held to account.
The first to see this application were the Taliban, who ruled Afghanistan by violence while turning that country into a training camp for terrorists. America and our coalition took down the regime in a matter of weeks because of our superior technology, the unmatched skill of our armed forces, and, above all, because we came not as conquerors but as liberators. The Taliban are gone from the scene. The terrorist camps are closed. And our coalition's work there continues--confronting terrorist remnants, training a new Afghan army, and providing security as the new government takes shape. Under President Karzai's leadership, and with a new constitution, the Afghan people are reclaiming their own country and building a nation that is secure, independent, and free.
In Iraq, we took another essential step in the war on terror. Before using force, we tried every possible option to address the threat from Saddam Hussein. Despite 12 years of diplomacy, more than a dozen U.N. Security Council resolutions, hundreds of U.N. weapons inspectors, thousands of flights to enforce the no-fly zones, and even strikes against military targets in Iraq--Saddam Hussein refused to comply with the terms of the 1991 Gulf War cease-fire. All of these measures failed. In October of 2002, the United States Congress voted overwhelmingly to authorize the use of force in Iraq. The next month, the U.N. Security Council passed a unanimous resolution finding Iraq in material breach of its obligations, and vowing serious consequences in the event Saddam Hussein did not fully and immediately comply. When Saddam failed even then to comply, President Bush gave an ultimatum to the dictator--to leave Iraq or be forcibly removed from power.
That ultimatum came one year ago today--twelve months in which Saddam went from palace, to bunker, to spider hole, to jail. A year ago, he was the all-powerful dictator of Iraq, controlling the lives and the future of almost 25 million people. Today, the people of Iraq know that the dictator and his sons will never torment them again. And we can be certain that they will never again threaten Iraq's neighbors or the United States of America.
From the beginning, America has sought--and received--international support for our operations in Iraq and Afghanistan. In the war on terror, we will always seek cooperation from our allies around the world. But as the president has made very clear, there is a difference between leading a coalition of many nations and submitting to the objections of a few. The United States will never seek a permission slip to defend the security of our country.
We still have work to do in Iraq, and we will see it through. Our forces are conducting swift, precision raids against the terrorists and regime holdouts who still remain. The thugs and assassins in Iraq are desperately trying to shake our will. Just this morning, they conducted a murderous attack on a hotel in Baghdad. Their goal is to prevent the rise of a democracy--but they will fail. Just last week, the Iraqi Governing Council approved a new fundamental law, an essential step toward building a free constitutional democracy in the heart of the Middle East. This great work is part of a forward strategy of freedom that we are pursuing throughout the greater Middle East. By helping nations to build the institutions of freedom, and turning the energies of men and women away from violence, we not only make that region more peaceful, we add to the security of our own region.
The recent bombing in Spain may well be evidence of how fearful the terrorists are of a free and democratic Iraq. But if the murderers of Madrid intended to undermine the transition to democracy in Iraq, they will ultimately fail. Our determination is unshakable. We will stand with the people of Iraq as they build a government based on democracy, tolerance and freedom.
Our steady course has not escaped the attention of the leaders in other countries. Three months ago, after initiating talks with America and Britain, and five days after the capture of Saddam Hussein, the leader of Libya voluntarily committed to disclose and dismantle all of his weapons of mass destruction programs. As we meet today, the dismantling of those programs is underway. I do not believe that Col. Gadhafi just happened to make this very wise decision after many years of pursuing secretive, intensive efforts to develop the world's most dangerous weapons. He was responding to the new realities of the world. Leaders elsewhere are learning that weapons of mass destruction do not bring influence, or prestige, or security--they only invite isolation, and carry other costs. In the post-9/11 world, the United States and our allies will not live at the mercy of terrorists or regimes that could arm them with chemical, biological, or nuclear weapons. By whatever means are necessary--whether diplomatic or military--we will act to protect the lives and security of the American people.
These past three years, as our country experienced war and national emergency, I have watched our commander in chief make the decisions and set the strategy. I have seen a man who is calm and deliberate--comfortable with responsibility--consistent in his objectives and resolute in his actions. These times have tested the character of our nation, and they have tested the character of our nation's leader. When he makes a commitment, there is no doubt he will follow through. As a result, America's friends know they can trust--and America's enemies know they can fear--the decisive leadership of President George W. Bush.
The president's conduct in leading America through a time of unprecedented danger--his ability to make decisions and stand by them--is a measure that must be applied to the candidate who now opposes him in the election of 2004.
In one of Sen. Kerry's recent observations about foreign policy, he informed his listeners that his ideas have gained strong support, at least among unnamed foreigners he's been spending time with. Sen. Kerry said that he has met with foreign leaders, and I quote, "who can't go out and say this publicly, but boy they look at you and say, 'You've got to win this, you've got to beat this guy, we need a new policy,' things like that."
A few days ago in Pennsylvania, a voter asked Sen. Kerry directly who these foreign leaders are. Sen. Kerry said, "That's none of your business." But it is our business when a candidate for president claims the political endorsement of foreign leaders. At the very least, we have a right to know what he is saying to foreign leaders that makes them so supportive of his candidacy. American voters are the ones charged with determining the outcome of this election--not unnamed foreign leaders.
Sen. Kerry's voting record on national security raises some important questions all by itself. Let's begin with the matter of how Iraq and Saddam Hussein should have been dealt with. Sen. Kerry was in the minority of senators who voted against the Persian Gulf War in 1991. At the time, he expressed the view that our international coalition consisted of "shadow battlefield allies who barely carry a burden." Last year, as we prepared to liberate Iraq, he recalled the Persian Gulf coalition a little differently. He said it was a "strong coalition," and a model to be followed.
Six years after the Gulf War, in 1997, Saddam Hussein was still defying the terms of the cease-fire. And as President Bill Clinton considered military action against Iraq, he found a true believer in John Kerry. The senator from Massachusetts said, "Should the resolve of our allies wane, the United States must not lose its resolve to take action." He further warned that if Saddam Hussein were not held to account for violation of U.N. resolutions, some future conflict would have " greater consequence." In 1998, Sen. Kerry indicated his support for regime change, with ground troops if necessary. And, of course, when Congress voted in October of 2002, Sen. Kerry voted to authorize military action if Saddam refused to comply with U.N. demands.
A neutral observer, looking at these elements of Sen. Kerry's record, would assume that Sen. Kerry supported military action against Saddam Hussein. The senator himself now tells us otherwise. In January he was asked on TV if he was, "one of the antiwar candidates." He replied, "I am." He now says he was voting only to "threaten the use of force," not actually to use force.
Even if we set aside these inconsistencies and changing rationales, at least this much is clear: Had the decision belonged to Sen. Kerry, Saddam Hussein would still be in power, today, in Iraq. In fact, Saddam Hussein would almost certainly still be in control of Kuwait.
Sen. Kerry speaks often about the need for international cooperation, and has vowed to usher in a "golden age of American diplomacy." He is fond of mentioning that some countries did not support America's actions in Iraq. Yet of the many nations that have joined our coalition--allies and friends of the United States--Sen. Kerry speaks with open contempt. Great Britain, Australia, Italy, Spain, Poland and more than 20 other nations have contributed and sacrificed for the freedom of the Iraqi people. Sen. Kerry calls these countries, quote, "window dressing." They are, in his words, "a coalition of the coerced and the bribed."
Many questions come to mind, but the first is this: How would Sen. Kerry describe Great Britain--coerced, or bribed? Or Italy--which recently lost 19 citizens, killed by terrorists in Najaf--was Italy's contribution just window dressing? If such dismissive terms are the vernacular of the golden age of diplomacy Sen. Kerry promises, we are left to wonder which nations would care to join any future coalition. He speaks as if only those who openly oppose America's objectives have a chance of earning his respect. Sen. Kerry's characterization of our good allies is ungrateful to nations that have withstood danger, hardship, and insult for standing with America in the cause of freedom.
Sen. Kerry has also had a few things to say about support for our troops now on the ground in Iraq. Among other criticisms, he has asserted that those troops are not receiving the materiel support they need. Just this morning, he again gave the example of body armor, which he said our administration failed to supply. May I remind the senator that last November, at the president's request, Congress passed an $87 billion supplemental appropriation. This legislation was essential to our ongoing operations in Iraq and Afghanistan--providing funding for body armor and other vital equipment; hazard pay; health benefits; ammunition; fuel, and spare parts for our military. The legislation passed overwhelmingly, with a vote in the Senate of 87-12. Sen. Kerry voted "no." I note that yesterday, attempting to clarify the matter, Sen. Kerry said, quote, "I actually did vote for the $87 billion before I voted against it." It's a true fact.
On national security, the senator has shown at least one measure of consistency. Over the years, he has repeatedly voted against weapons systems for the military. He voted against the Apache helicopter, against the Tomahawk cruise missile, against even the Bradley Fighting Vehicle. He has also been a reliable vote against military pay increases--opposing them no fewer than 12 times.
Many of these very weapons systems have been used by our forces in Iraq and Afghanistan, and are proving to be valuable assets in the war on terror. In his defense, of course, Sen. Kerry has questioned whether the war on terror is really a war at all. Recently he said, and I quote, "I don't want to use that terminology." In his view, opposing terrorism is far less of a military operation and far more of an intelligence-gathering, law enforcement operation. As we have seen, however, that approach was tried before, and proved entirely inadequate to protecting the American people from the terrorists who are quite certain they are at war with us--and are comfortable using that terminology.
I leave it for Sen. Kerry to explain, or explain away, his votes and his statements about the war on terror, our cause in Iraq, the allies who serve with us and the needs of our military. Whatever the explanation, whatever nuances he might fault us for neglecting, it is not an impressive record for someone who aspires to become commander in chief in this time of testing for our country. In his years in Washington, Sen. Kerry has been one vote of a hundred in the United States Senate--and fortunately on matters of national security, he was very often in the minority. But the presidency is an entirely different proposition. The president always casts the deciding vote. And the senator from Massachusetts has given us ample doubts about his judgment and the attitude he brings to bear on vital issues of national security.
The American people will have a clear choice in the election of 2004, at least as clear as any since the election of 1984. In more than three years as president, George W. Bush has built a national security record of his own. America has come to know the president after one of the worst days in our history. He saw America through tragedy. He has kept the nation's enemies in desperate flight, and under his leadership, our country has once again led the armies of liberation, freeing 50 million souls from tyranny, and making our nation and the world more secure.
All Americans, regardless of political party, can be proud of what our nation has achieved in this historic time, when so many depended on us, and all the world was watching. And I have been very proud to work with a president who--like other presidents we have known--has shown, in his own conduct, the optimism, and strength, and decency of the great nation he serves.

Mr. Cheney is vice president of the United States.
---------------------------------------------------------
Don't Get LOST
The White House toys with signing a very Kerry treaty.



In the wake of international terrorism's most-successful strategic attack since September 11, 2001, the differences between Sen. John Kerry and President Bush about how the war on terror should be waged have become as clear as, well, the differences between the outgoing Spanish premier and his successor.

To be sure, even before last Thursday's murderous explosions in Madrid, Senator Kerry and his surrogates were denouncing the war in Iraq on the grounds that President Bush failed to get the U.N.'s permission for it -- and then was unable to turn the governance of the country post-Saddam over to the so-called "international community." This theme has, however, received mantra-like repetition by the Democratic candidate and his echo chamber ever since the terrorists took down Spain's government.

The good news is that the Bush administration has finally launched a powerful counterattack. Just about every senior national-security official from President Bush on down has suddenly been made available to explain the logic of removing Saddam Hussein from power as an indispensable part of the war on terror. They and key legislators (like Sen. Jon Kyl of Arizona, chairman of the Senate Republican Policy Committee) have at last gone on offense in response to the ceaseless, direct, and indirect attacks on the Bush team's integrity as it made the case for draining the "swamp" that was Saddam's terrorist-sponsoring, WMD-wielding Iraq.

Perhaps most importantly, President Bush and his advocates have directly challenged Senator Kerry, et.al., with respect to what may prove to be the most important foreign-policy issue of the 2004 campaign: John Kerry's worldview that U.S. freedom of action around the world can safely -- and, indeed, as a practical matter must -- be subordinated to the U.N.'s superior judgment. In a powerful example of the assault now being inflicted on the Kerry record and candidacy, Vice President Cheney declared yesterday at the Ronald Reagan Presidential Library: "The United States will never seek a permission slip to defend the security of our country."

The bad news is that the Bush administration risks grievously blurring where it stands on the appropriate, limited role of the United Nations in determining our security and other interests with its advocacy of a treaty that President Reagan properly rejected 22 years ago. As was noted in this space on February 26, the administration's declared support for the Law of the Sea Treaty (LOST) caused it to be approved unanimously by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee -- even though this accord would constitute the most egregious transfer of American sovereignty, wealth, and power to the U.N. since the founding of that "world body." In fact, never before in the history of the world has any nation voluntarily engaged in such a sweeping transfer to anyone.

This is the case because LOST creates a new supranational agency, the International Seabed Authority (ISA), which will have control of seven-tenths of the world surface area, i.e., the planet's international waters. That control will enable the ISA and a court created to adjudicate and enforce its edicts the right to determine who does what, where, when, and how in the oceans under its purview. This applies first and foremost to exploration and exploitation of the mineral and oil and gas deposits on or under the seabeds -- an authority that will enable the U.N. for the first time to impose what amount to taxes on commercial activities.

LOST, however, will also interfere with America's sovereign exercise of freedom of the seas in ways that will have an adverse effect on national security, especially in the post-9/11 world. Incredibly, it will preclude, for example, the president's important new Proliferation Security Initiative. PSI is a multinational arrangement whereby ships on the high seas that are suspected of engaging in the transfer of WMD-related equipment can be intercepted, searched, and, where appropriate, seized. Its value was demonstrated in the recent interception of nuclear equipment headed to Libya.

Similarly, LOST will define intelligence collection in and submerged transit of territorial waters to be incompatible with the treaty's requirements that foreign powers conduct themselves in such seas only with "peaceful intent." The last thing we need is for some U.N. court -- or U.S. lawyers in its thrall -- to make it more difficult for us to conduct sensitive counterterrorism operations in the world's littorals.

Since my last column on this subject, there have been several notable developments with respect to the Law of the Sea Treaty:

It has become clear that one of the prime movers behind the Bush administration's support for this U.N.-on-steroids treaty is none other than John Turner, a man property-rights activists kept from assuming a senior position in the Interior Department. Correctly seen by that community as a wild-eyed proponent of conservation at the expense of landowners' equities, he was given a consolation prize: a seemingly innocuous post as the State Department's assistant secretary for Oceans and International Environmental and Scientific Affairs. It turns out that in that position -- and thanks to his longtime friendship with Vice President Cheney -- Turner has greatly advanced what is arguably the most egregious assault on property rights in history.

The United States Navy has trotted out arguments for this treaty that reflect what might be called the River Kwai Syndrome. Like the British senior POW in World War II who couldn't bring himself to blow up a bridge his captors would use to their military advantage, Navy lawyers seem convinced that a bad deal is better than none.

Even though this accord will manifestly interfere with important peacetime naval operations, JAG types tell us they think it will be good for their business if freedom of the seas is guaranteed by a new, U.N.-administered international legal system rather than by U.S. naval power. They speciously assert that a 1994 agreement negotiated by President Clinton fixes the problems that caused President Reagan to reject LOST -- never mind that the Clinton accord does not amend or otherwise formally modify one jot of the treaty.

Fortunately, this nonsense will be exposed to critical examination in coming weeks as two Senate committees, Environment and Public Works and Armed Services, hold hearings on LOST. Their chairmen, Sen. Jim Inhofe (R., Okla.) and John Warner (R., Va.), respectively, deserve credit for inviting critics of the treaty (including this author) to provide testimony Indiana Republican senator Richard Lugar refused to permit the Senate Foreign Relations Committee to hear before it approved the resolution of ratification. (Other committees that have equities in this fight -- like Governmental Affairs, Commerce, Energy, Intelligence and Finance -- have yet to be heard from.)
The prospect these hearings and the attendant public scrutiny of the Law of the Sea Treaty will precipitate a time-consuming and politically costly debate has prompted Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist (R., Tenn.) to say that he sees no opportunity for the foreseeable future to bring this accord to the floor. Assuming he is good to his word, still more time will be available to awaken the American people to what is afoot.

Most importantly, one of those people, President George W. Bush, may recently have been awakened to the dangers -- political, as well as strategic and economic -- inherent in this treaty. In response to a question recently put to him by Paul Weyrich, the legendary conservative activist and president of the Free Congress Foundation, President Bush indicated that he was unaware of the Law of the Sea Treaty and his administration's support for it. It can only be hoped that, as he conducts the promised review of LOST, he will make clear he does not want it ratified, now or ever.

Better yet, President Bush should assign his trusted undersecretary of Arms Control and International Security, John Bolton, the job of arranging for LOST to be "unsigned" -- just as he did with respect to the fatally flawed treaty that created the International Criminal Court. Secretary Bolton would be particularly appropriate for this job, since he was also the prime architect of the Proliferation Security Initiative that the Law of the Sea Treaty would eviscerate.

While such developments are generally welcome, one thing curiously has not happened. The alarm about the defective Law of the Sea Treaty has still not been sounded by the likes of Rush Limbaugh and Fox News. It can only be hoped that, as the Senate hearings on LOST start next week, this oversight will be corrected, ensuring that the treaty is deep-sixed, once and for all.

-- Frank J. Gaffney Jr. is president of the Center for Security Policy and a contributing editor to NRO.
http://www.nationalreview.com/gaffney/gaffney200403181156.asp
-------------------------------------------------------------------
'Lame duck' Khatami concedes defeat to Iran's hardliners
By Behzad Farsian, in Teheran and Robin Gedye
(Filed: 18/03/2004)
? Copyright of Telegraph Group Limited 2004.
The reformist President Mohammad Khatami of Iran conceded that he had reached the limits of his powers and would be a lame duck head of state until his term ends next year.
He said he was withdrawing two bills that sought to limit the power of the ruling conservative hardliners "so that the few powers that the president still has are not eliminated. "I have met with defeat," he said.
President Khatami: powerless
One of the bills was intended to increase presidential controls in order to limit constitutional violations by the ruling conservatives.
The other was intended to stop the Guardian Council, the hardline constitutional watchdog, from determining who could run in elections. In February's parliamentary poll it barred about 2,500 candidates.
Mr Khatami said he would continue in office until his term expires in June next year, but his admission of political impotence marked the formal burial of the reform movement on whose now-shattered dreams he swept to power in 1997.
"Since last month's elections parliament has been in the hands of a majority of hardline conservatives," said a former Khatami supporter. "He has merely admitted what the public have known since his second term in office began in 2001: his defeat by the conservatives."
Mr Khatami, who has pursued a policy of appeasement towards the conservative opposition, has consistently excused his lack of progress in introducing reformist laws by insisting that he was powerless to stop hardliners interfering with the country's democratic process.
The president is responsible for enforcing the constitution. But any attempts Mr Khatami has made to prevent hardliners shutting down more than 100 liberal publications, blocking reforms and detaining dozens of pro-reform activists have been ignored. Mr Khatami warned the Guardian Council not to "weaken the system".
He said: "People should know that in certain quarters the president is not seen as Iran's top official after the supreme leader, but merely as a co-ordinator among other institutions."
"It's too late for him to do anything," said a 21-year-old student at Teheran University, once a fervent supporter of the president. "The way he handled the election crisis was awful. If he wanted our support, he should have resigned then and not voted in the [parliamentary] elections."
* Mohamed ElBaradei, the chief United Nations nuclear watchdog, said yesterday that he could not rule out the possibility that Iran has a nuclear weapons programme. He said Iran had been developing a nuclear fuel cycle.
"Have they taken the step from that into weaponisation? I am not yet excluding that possibility," he told a US congressional subcommittee.

-------------------------------------------------------------

>> TALK TO?

U.S., Iran Are Urged to Talk Over Nuclear Plans
By Joby Warrick
Washington Post Staff Writer
Thursday, March 18, 2004; Page A28
The United Nations' top nuclear official appealed to President Bush yesterday to begin new talks with Iran as a step toward resolving the controversy over the Islamic nation's aggressive pursuit of nuclear power.
Mohamed ElBaradei, director of the International Atomic Energy Agency, also urged the administration to support a global freeze on the production of fissile material such as enriched uranium and plutonium. The discovery two years ago of a massive uranium enrichment plant south of Tehran triggered the current diplomatic showdown over Iran's nuclear program.
"This is a different ballgame, and we have to change the rules," ElBaradei told reporters after 45 minutes of meetings with Bush and national security adviser Condoleezza Rice.
ElBaradei said Iran appears to have resumed cooperation with the U.N. nuclear watchdog, four days after Iranian leaders barred a team of IAEA inspectors from entering the country. But he suggested that direct talks with the United States may be key to ending the crisis.
"The best way to resolve these problems is through dialogue," ElBaradei said. Asked whether he had relayed a private message to Bush from the Iranians, ElBaradei declined to comment.
The meeting between Bush and ElBaradei came amid reports of a split within the administration over whether to pursue negotiations with Iran, a country that Bush has labeled part of an "axis of evil."
Yesterday, the Financial Times of London reported that Iran offered 10 months ago to hold secret talks on normalizing relations with the United States. The talks reportedly would address U.S. concerns over Iran's nuclear program as well as the Islamic republic's support of terrorist groups.
The Bush administration did not respond publicly to the call for dialogue. Before the meeting with ElBaradei, White House spokesman Scott McClellan said the administration had "not received any official proposals" from Iran, and he played down the usefulness of new talks in resolving the conflict.
"There are obviously a number of concerns we have with regard to Iran [that] they need to address," McClellan said. "We've always said in the past that there are established channels of communication when we have issues of mutual concern to address."
A State Department spokesman yesterday expressed satisfaction with the IAEA's recent moves to pressure Iran into fully disclosing past nuclear activities. On Saturday, the agency's governing board approved a resolution that sharply criticized Iran for failing to acknowledge efforts to acquire advanced centrifuge machines used to enrich uranium.
"We shared the view that the best way to deal with that [Iran's] program is through the IAEA," spokesman J. Adam Ereli said.
Earlier in the day, ElBaradei told a congressional panel that it is too early to tell if Iran's nuclear program was entirely peaceful, as its government contends. Asked if Iran had begun work on nuclear weapons, the IAEA chief said: "The jury is still out."
"We have not yet seen that, but I am not yet excluding that possibility," ElBaradei told the House International Relations Committee's subcommittee on the Middle East and Central Asia.
During his White House talks, ElBaradei asked the Bush administration to back several of his initiatives to prevent the spread of nuclear weapons, including the freeze on the production of fissile material. He also asked for U.S. help in securing supplies of weapons-grade uranium and plutonium that are used as fuel in scores of nuclear research reactors around the world. Such fuels, if obtained by terrorists, could easily be used in making a nuclear bomb.
"We need to have a good plan in place to clean up nuclear materials that are all over the place," ElBaradei said.

-------------------------------------------------------------
washingtonpost.com
More Private Forces Eyed for Iraq
Green Zone Contractor Would Free U.S. Troops for Other Duties

By Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writer
Thursday, March 18, 2004; Page A25
The U.S.-led authority in Iraq plans to spend as much as $100 million over 14 months to hire private security forces to protect the Green Zone, the four-square-mile area in Baghdad that houses most U.S. government employees and some of the private contractors working there.
The Green Zone is now guarded primarily by U.S. military forces, but the Coalition Provisional Authority wants to turn much of that work over to contractors to free more U.S. forces to confront a violent insurgency. The companies would employ former military personnel and be responsible for safeguarding the area for the first year after political authority is transferred to an interim Iraqi government on June 30.
Surrounded by 15-foot concrete walls and rings of barbed wire, the Green Zone is on the west bank of the Tigris River and serves as a relatively secure home, office and relaxation area for more than 3,000 people in what is otherwise an increasingly dangerous city.
The car bomb that killed at least 28 yesterday destroyed a hotel across the river and less than a mile from the Green Zone, in a neighborhood where some of the U.S. authority's contractors live and where security is far less robust.
U.S. officials expect attacks by insurgents to increase as the June 30 deadline for the political transition nears, and are struggling to protect employees of the CPA and civilians employed by its contractors.
The U.S. Embassy slated to open in June will be in the Green Zone, though not in Saddam Hussein's Republican Palace that has housed CPA Administrator L. Paul Bremer. Also within the guarded area are the al-Rashid Hotel; the Iraqi Governing Council offices; the Convention Center where news conferences are held, a military police compound; a recreation facility, restaurants; two compounds for food and service employees of contractor Kellogg, Brown & Root; a parking area; and a heliport.
The zone has regularly come under attack in past months. On March 7, seven rockets were fired into the zone, five hitting the al-Rashid Hotel. Saturday night, in what officials said was a first, someone stabbed and badly wounded a U.S. Army officer who was walking inside the gated compound. Dan Senor, chief spokesman of the Coalition Provisional Authority, said Monday that it was not known whether the attacker was Iraqi, American or some other nationality.
Bremer, his staff and Iraqis working with the CPA are now protected by the U.S. military and some private security organizations already on contract. Expanding the commercial security force will "augment coalition military forces and allow coalition military forces to focus on counterterrorism and the highest priority sites within the Green Zone," according to the March 7 solicitation for bids.
Brig. Gen. Mark Kimmitt told reporters yesterday that the U.S. military is trying to reduce the number of troops inside Baghdad and station them in six bases on the city's perimeter. "That will reduce much but not all of the coalition presence here inside the city of Baghdad, because we certainly will be continuing the presence of American and coalition forces inside to provide a safe and secure environment," said Kimmitt, who did not address plans for hiring additional civilian forces to take over in the Green Zone.
The threats that the private security force will be asked to meet provide a summary of the dangers facing U.S. and coalition personnel 10 months after President Bush declared the main fighting over. The contractor, according to the bid proposal, must be prepared to deal with vehicles containing explosive devices, the improvised explosives planted on roads, "direct fire and ground assaults by upwards of 12 personnel with military rifles, machine guns and RPG [rocket-propelled grenade], indirect fire by mortars and rockets, individual suicide bombers, and employment of other weapons of mass destruction . . . in an unconventional warfare setting."
To meet that challenge, the bidders' personnel must have prior military experience, and those involved directly in force protection must have "operated in U.S., North Atlantic Treaty Organization or other military organizations compatible with NATO standards."
If Iraqis are hired by either the prime contractor or subcontractors, they cannot be former senior members of Saddam Hussein's Baath Party or affiliated with any organization the Iraqi Governing Council labeled as prohibited. No contractor or subcontractor can "display the image or likeness of Saddam Hussein or other readily identifiable members of the former regime or symbols of the Baath Party or the former regime in government buildings or public spaces," the solicitation said.
Contractors will also be expected to provide dogs and handlers experienced in detecting explosives to provide 24-hour per day, seven-day-a-week coverage for all entry control points and all other locations, the proposal states.
The bids are due Sunday, and selection will apparently be quick. The winner is expected to begin work on April 1. For its part, the U.S. government will supply housing, meals and minor medical care to the contractor employees along with vaccinations against anthrax and smallpox.



? 2004 The Washington Post Company

Posted by maximpost at 4:51 PM EST
Permalink

>> FACE IT?


Living with the unthinkable: how to Coexist with a Nuclear North Korea.
"National Interest, The", Winter, 2003, by Ted Galen Carpenter

THERE IS A pervasive desire in the United States and throughout East Asia to prevent North Korea from becoming a nuclear-armed power, for the prospect of Kim Jong-il's bizarre and unpredictable regime having such a capability is profoundly disturbing. Two factions have emerged in the United States about how to deal with the crisis, and they embrace sharply different strategies. Yet they share an important underlying assumption: that North Korea is using its nuclear program merely as a negotiating ploy, and that Pyongyang can eventually be induced to give up that program.

One group thinks that Washington's top policy objective should be to entice Pyongyang to return to the 1994 Agreed Framework, under which the North Koreans agreed to freeze their nuclear program in exchange for fuel oil shipments and Western assistance in constructing proliferation resistant lightwater reactors for power generation. These advocates of dialogue think the United States should meet North Korea's demand for a non-aggression pact and provide other concessions to resolve the nuclear crisis. Individuals as politically diverse as former President Jimmy Carter, Sen. Joseph Lieberman (D-CT), former national security advisor Brent Scowcroft and Rep. Curt Weldon (R-PA) have issued impassioned calls for a strategy of dialogue and concessions. Those who advocate that strategy ignore an important point, however: The United States has negotiated with North Korea before, but each understanding or formal agreement seems merely to pave the way for a new round of cheating and a new crisis.

The Bush Administration and most conservatives form the competing faction, which is decidedly more skeptical about the efficacy of offering concessions to Pyongyang. Moreover, it is apparent that the administration has no interest in merely restoring the Agreed Framework. Washington's goal is an agreement that would include comprehensive "on demand" inspections of all possible nuclear weapons sites. Indeed, it was that demand that contributed to an impasse in the six-party talks (involving Japan, South Korea, China, Russia, the United States and North Korea) in August.

The administration's approach combines a willingness to engage in multilateral talks with a determination to tighten the screws economically. One manifestation of the latter component is the Proliferation Security Initiative, which enlists the support of allies to interdict North Korea's trade in ballistic missiles, nuclear technology, illegal drugs and other contraband. The core of Washington's strategy is to forge a united diplomatic and economic front with the nations of East Asia to pressure North Korea to give up its nuclear weapons program.

But if the advocates of negotiations and concessions are naive, proponents of diplomatic pressure and economic coercion may not be much more realistic. It is not at all clear that even comprehensive economic sanctions would produce the desired policy changes. UNICEF has concluded that, because North Korea is already so desperately poor, economic sanctions would have a slight impact. Trying to further isolate one of the world's most economically isolated countries is a little like threatening to deprive a monk of worldly pleasures. Tightening economic sanctions may cause additional suffering among North Korea's destitute masses, but such an approach is unlikely to alter the regime's behavior on the nuclear issue.

Ultimately, the competing strategies of dialogue and economic/diplomatic pressure are based on the same assumption: that the right policy mix will cause the North to give up its nuclear ambitions. But what if that assumption is wrong? CIA director George Tenet concedes that North Korea may believe there is no contradiction between continuing to pursue a nuclear weapons program and seeking a "normal relationship" with the United States--a relationship that would entail substantial concessions from Washington. "Kim Jong-il's attempts to parlay the North's nuclear program into political leverage suggest he is trying to negotiate a fundamentally different relationship with Washington, one that implicitly tolerates the North's nuclear weapons program", Tenet concludes. (1) Robert Madsen, a fellow at Stanford University's Asia/Pacific Research Center is even more skeptical of the conventional wisdom that North Korea is using the nuclear program solely as a bargaining chip. As he argued in the Financial Times,


The problem with this analysis is that
Pyongyang probably does not intend to trade
its nuclear weapons for foreign concessions.
To the contrary, an examination of North
Korea's national interests suggests the acquisition
of a sizeable nuclear arsenal is a perfectly
rational objective.


Given the way the United States has treated non-nuclear adversaries such as Serbia and Iraq, such a conclusion by North Korean leaders would not be all that surprising.

Pyongyang's long-standing pattern of making agreements to remain non-nuclear and then systematically violating those agreements also casts doubt on the bargaining chip thesis. In addition to violating the 1994 Agreed Framework, the North violated its obligations under the Nuclear Nonproliferation Treaty (which Pyongyang joined in 1985) and the 1991 joint declaration with South Korea to keep the peninsula non-nuclear. Such repeated cheating raises a very disturbing possibility: Perhaps North Korea is determined to become a nuclear power and has engaged in diplomatic obfuscation to confuse or lull its adversaries. If that is the case, the United States and the countries of East Asia may have to deal with the reality of a nuclear-armed North Korea.

Pre-emption vs. Containment

THE POLICY options available to forestall this dangerous development are all rather unpleasant, but one is decidedly worse and significantly more frightening than the others: the possibility that the United States might use military force to prevent North Korea from building its nuclear arsenal. Hawks in the American foreign policy community are already broaching that possibility. Citing Israel's raid on Iraq's Osirak reactor, Richard Perle, the influential former chairman of the Pentagon's Defense Policy Board, warns that no one can "exclude the kind of surgical strike we saw in 1981." Moreover, in what should sound alarm bells in Tokyo and Seoul, he makes it clear that America's allies should not expect to exercise a veto over that decision. (2)

Many advocates of pre-emptive military action are confident that such a course would not trigger a major war in East Asia. Those who embrace that optimistic scenario fail to explain why the North Korean elite would assume that a passive response to an American pre-emptive strike would enhance the prospects for regime survival. Given the way the United States treated Iraq, the North Koreans would more likely conclude that an attack on the country's nuclear installations would be merely a prelude to a larger military offensive to achieve regime change. The fact that some political allies of the Bush Administration openly talk about pushing regime change certainly does not reassure Pyongyang on that score.

Using military force to eradicate North Korea's nuclear program would be a high-risk venture that could easily engulf the Korean Peninsula in a major war. Indeed, it could be a war with nuclear implications. North Korea boasts that it already possesses some nuclear weapons, and U.S. intelligence sources have long believed that Pyongyang already may have built one or two weapons by the time it agreed to freeze its program in 1994. An assessment by China's intelligence agency is even more alarming. Beijing reportedly believes the North may have four or five such weapons. Worse still, press reports contend that U.S. officials have told their Japanese counterparts that North Korea is working to develop "several" nuclear warheads that can be loaded onto ballistic missiles. North Korea itself has announced that it has completed reprocessing the spent fuel rods in the Yongbyon reactor and is now building more nuclear weapons. If true, Pyongyang will soon have a deployable arsenal, not merely one or two crude nuclear devices.

A pre-emptive strike is not the answer. The nuclear variable in the pre-emption equation is too uncertain to warrant the risk for at least this simple reason: It is not at all certain that the United States has identified all of the installations, much less that it could successfully eradicate them. North Korea has had years to build installations deep underground and to disperse any weapons it has built.

It is unlikely that North Korea would passively accept the blow against its sovereignty that even a surgical strike against the Yongbyon reactor complex or other targets would entail. At the very least, Washington would have to expect terrorist retaliation by North Korean operatives against U.S. targets overseas and, possibly, in the homeland itself. North Korea might even retaliate by launching full-scale military operations against South Korea--a development that would put U.S. forces stationed in that country in immediate danger. Indeed, in a worst-case scenario, mushroom clouds could blossom above Seoul and Tokyo--or above U.S. bases in South Korea or Okinawa.

It is conceivable, of course, that Kim Jong-il's regime would fulminate about an Osirak-like strike but not escalate the crisis to full-scale war. Or perhaps North Korea's military would unravel under stress and not be able to mount a coherent offensive. But that is not the way to bet. Even a U.S. military buildup in the region designed to intimidate Pyongyang could trigger a catastrophe. "Bold Sentinel"--a war game organized by the Center for Strategic and International Studies in May 2003, featuring a mock National Security Council comprised of individuals who held senior policy positions in previous administrations--reached the conclusion that North Korea would likely launch a pre-emptive strike in response to such a buildup. This assessment is shared by a senior North Korean defector, Cho Myung-chul, who estimates the chances of general war to be 80 percent in response to even a limited strike on Yongbyon.

Aside from its possible nuclear (and chemical and biological) weapons, Pyongyang possesses other impressive capabilities. In addition to its army of more than a million soldiers, North Korea deploys up to 600 Scud missiles and additional longer-range Nodong missiles. The Seoul-Inchon metropolitan area (which hosts roughly half of South Korea's population) is less than forty miles from the DMZ. Pyongyang is thought to be capable of firing between 300,000 and 500,000 artillery shells an hour into Seoul in the event of war. Even if the North were ultimately defeated, which would be almost inevitable, the destruction to South Korea would be horrific. Estimates of the number of likely casualties from a full-scale North Korean attack range from 100,000 to more than one million. That fact alone should take the military option off the table, yet the Bush Administration has publicly--and, what is worse, privately--declined to do so.

INSTEAD OF placing faith in the efficacy of negotiations with a country that has violated every agreement it has ever signed on the nuclear issue or considering the dangerous option of pre-emptive war, the United States needs a strategy to deal with the prospect of North Korea's emergence as a nuclear power. Washington should pursue a two-pronged strategy, since there are two serious problems that must be addressed. One problem is the possibility that Pyongyang might be aiming to become a regional nuclear power with a significant arsenal that could pose a threat to its neighbors and, ultimately, to the American homeland. The latter is not an immediate danger, but a North Korean capability to do so over the longer-term is a problem Washington must anticipate.

Countering the threat of a "bolt out of the blue" attack on the United States is relatively straightforward. America retains the largest and most sophisticated nuclear arsenal in the world, as well as a decisive edge in all conventional military capabilities. The North Korean regime surely knows (although it might behoove the administration to make the point explicitly) that any attack on American soil would mean the obliteration of the regime. The United States successfully deterred a succession of aggressive and odious Soviet leaders from using nuclear weapons, and it did the same thing with a nuclear-armed China under Mao Zedong. It is therefore highly probable that Kim Jong-il's North Korea, which would possess a much smaller nuclear arsenal than either the Soviet Union and China, can be deterred as well. As an insurance policy to protect the American population in the highly unlikely event that deterrence fails, and for other reasons besides, Washington should continue developing a shield against ballistic missiles.

To counter North Korea's possible threat to East Asia, Washington should convey the message that Pyongyang would be making a serious miscalculation by assuming it will possess a nuclear monopoly in northeast Asia. North Korea's rulers are counting on the United States to prevent Japan and South Korea from even considering the option of going nuclear. American officials should inform Pyongyang that, if the North insists on joining the global nuclear weapons club, Washington will urge Tokyo and Seoul to re-evaluate their earlier decisions to decline to acquire strategic nuclear deterrents. Even the possibility that South Korea and Japan might do so would come as an extremely unpleasant wakeup call to North Korea.

The United States does not need to press Tokyo and Seoul to go nuclear. It is sufficient if Washington informs those governments that the United States would not object to them developing nuclear weapons. That by itself would be a major change in U.S. policy. In addition, Washington needs to let Seoul and Tokyo know that the United States intends to withdraw its forces from South Korea and Japan. In an environment with a nuclear-armed North Korea, those forward-deployed forces are not military assets; they are nuclear hostages.

Faced with a dangerous neighbor possessing nuclear capabilities and a more limited U.S. military commitment to the region, Japan or South Korea (or perhaps both countries) might well decide to build a nuclear deterrent. The prospect of additional nuclear proliferation in northeast Asia is obviously not an ideal outcome. But offsetting the North's illicit advantage may be the best of a set of bad options. Simply trying to renegotiate the 1994 Agreed Framework is unlikely to induce North Korea to return to non-nuclear status. Diplomatic pressure and economic sanctions are not likely to achieve that goal either. And pre-emptive military strikes are too dangerous.

The one chance to get the North to abandon its current course is for Washington and its allies to make clear to Pyongyang that it may have to deal with nuclear neighbors (translation: the North would no longer be able to intimidate them in the same strategically advantageous way). Indeed, Pyongyang could face the prospect of confronting more prosperous adversaries possessing a greater capacity to build larger and more sophisticated nuclear arsenals than North Korea could hope to do. The North may conclude that ending its cheating strategy and keeping the region non-nuclear would be a more productive approach. Even if Pyongyang does not do so, a nuclear balance of power--a MAD for northeast Asia--would likely emerge instead of a North Korean nuclear monopoly.

Additionally, the prospect of a nuclear-armed Japan is the one factor that could galvanize Beijing to put serious diplomatic and economic pressure on Pyongyang to relinquish its nuclear ambitions. Charles Krautharnmer has expressed this thesis starkly in the Washington Post:


We should go to the Chinese and tell them
plainly that if they do not join us in squeezing
North Korea and thus stopping its march to
go nuclear, we will endorse any Japanese
attempt to create a nuclear deterrent of its
own. Even better, we would sympathetically
regard any request by Japan to acquire
American nuclear missiles as an immediate
and interim deterrent. If our nightmare is a
nuclear North Korea, China's is a nuclear
Japan. It's time to share the nightmares.


Even if one does not embrace Krauthammer's approach, the reality is that, if the United States blocks the emergence of a northeast Asian nuclear balance, it may well be stuck with the responsibility of shielding non-nuclear allies from a volatile, nuclear-armed North Korea. More proliferation may be a troubling outcome, but it beats that nightmare scenario.

But some of the most hawkish members of the U.S. foreign policy community are terrified at the prospect of America's democratic allies in East Asia building nuclear deterrents. Neoconservative activists Robert Kagan and William Kristol, writing in the Weekly Standard, expressed horror about the possibility of such proliferation: "The possibility that Japan, and perhaps even Taiwan, might respond to North Korea's actions by producing their own nuclear weapons, thus spurring an East Asian nuclear arms race ... is something that should send chills up the spine of any sensible American strategist." This attitude misconstrues the problem. The real threat to East Asia is if an aggressive and erratic North Korean regime gets nukes. Nuclear arsenals in the hands of stable, democratic, status quo powers such as Japan and South Korea do not threaten the peace of the region. Kagan and Kristol, and other likeminded Americans, embrace a moral equivalency between a potential aggressor and its potential victims.

The other component of the North Korean nuclear problem is even more troubling. The United States and North Korea's neighbors can probably learn to live with Pyongyang's possession of a small nuclear arsenal. What the United States cannot tolerate is North Korea's becoming the global distributor of nuclear technology, potentially selling a nuclear weapon or fissile material to Al-Qaeda or other anti-American terrorist organizations. Pyongyang has shown a willingness to sell anything that will raise revenue for the financially hard-pressed regime. North Korea earned $560 million in 2001 alone in missile sales--including sales to some of the most virulently anti-American regimes (3)--while, in the spring of 2003, evidence emerged of extensive North Korean involvement in the heroin trade. (4) As Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage remarked before the Senate Foreign Relations Committee in early-February 2003, "the arms race in North Korea pales next to the possibility ... that she would pass on fissile material and other nuclear technology to either transnational actors or to rogue states."

Preventing that development, which is clearly the goal of the Proliferation Security Initiative, will certainly not be easy. Successful interdiction as a general policy is a long shot at best. The utter failure to halt the trafficking in illegal drugs using that method does not bode well for intercepting nuclear contraband. It would be difficult to seal off North Korea in the face of a concerted smuggling campaign. Indeed, it is especially daunting when one realizes that the amount of plutonium needed to build a nuclear weapon could be smuggled in a container the size of a bread box.

SINCE interdiction is unlikely to prove successful except on fortuitous occasions, the United States needs to adopt another approach. First, Washington should communicate to North Korea, both in private and publicly, that selling nuclear material--much less an assembled nuclear weapon--to terrorist organizations or hostile governments will be regarded as a threat to America's vital security interests. Indeed, the United States should treat such a transaction as the equivalent of a threatened attack on America by North Korea. Such a threat would warrant military action to remove the North Korean regime. Pyongyang must be told in no uncertain terms that trafficking in nuclear materials is a bright red line that it dare not cross if the regime wishes to survive.

That warning should be the large stick in Washington's policy mix. The carrot should consist of a willingness to extend diplomatic recognition to, and lift all economic sanctions on, North Korea. Making that country's economy more prosperous is the most realistic prospect for ensuring that North Korea can derive sufficient income from legitimate sources and thus will not be tempted to engage in nuclear proliferation. That, of course, will require extensive economic reforms by North Korea along the lines adopted by the People's Republic of China over the past quarter-century.

Lifting economic sanctions is certainly no guarantee that North Korean leaders will have the prudence to adopt the required reforms, but Pyongyang has shown some signs in recent years of modifying its ideology of Juche (self-sufficiency) and opening itself to the outside world economically. In the spring of 2003, the North Korean regime started building market halls around the country to encourage the activity of private merchants, and it loosened rules about who may do business and what may be sold. Surprisingly, even foreigners will be allowed to sell their products in the new markets. "Before, they were tolerating private business. Now, they are encouraging it", concluded Cho Myong Choi, a North Korean defector who once taught economics at Kim Il-sung University in Pyongyang. (5) True, these are initial--and somewhat hesitant--steps on a long path, and Washington cannot do much to advance North Korea's economic reforms. The North Koreans will have to do the bulk of the work. At the very least, though, the United States should not put obstacles in the path of reform.

A policy mix of such carrots and sticks would hardly produce a perfect outcome. The strategy would, however, trump the alternative of vainly trying to bribe or pressure Pyongyang to relinquish its nuclear ambitions, even as evidence mounts to the contrary. And it certainly beats the reckless option of launching a pre-emptive war. As is often the case, the best a policy can ultimately accomplish is less than ideal. What matters instead is that it works.

(1) Quoted in the New York Times, February 13, 2003 (emphasis added).

(2) "U.S. Can't Rule Out N. Korea Strike, Perle Says", Reuters, June 11, 2003.

(3) The North has developed a sophisticated sales network for marketing its military wares. See Bertil Lintner and Steve Stecklow, "Paper Trail Exposes Missile Merchants", Far Eastern Economic Review, February 13, 2003, pp. 12-15.

(4) See "Heroin Trail Leads to North Korea", Washington Post, May 12, 2003; "U.S. Fears Heroin Paying for Nukes", Washington Times, May 21, 2003; and "North Korea Is Said to Export Drugs to Get Foreign Currency", New York Times, May 21, 2003.

(5) Quoted in "Communist State Pushes Free Enterprise", Los Angeles Times, June 19, 2003.

Ted Galen Carpenter is vice president for defense and foreign policy studies at the Cato Institute. He is the co-author of Korean Conundrum: America's Troubled Relations with North and South Korea, which is forthcoming from Palgrave/Macmillan.

COPYRIGHT 2003 The National Affairs, Inc.
COPYRIGHT 2004 Gale Group

Posted by maximpost at 12:21 AM EST
Permalink
Wednesday, 17 March 2004


????


?????? ??????? ????? ???????


????? ??????? ??????? ?? ???????? ???? ??? ????? ????? ??????? 15/3/2004 ??? ????? ??????? ????? ??? ?????? ???? ????? ????? ??? ???? ?????? ??????? ?????? ???? ???????? ?? ????? ???????? ??? ??????? ??????? ???? ?????? ??????? ???? ?????? ?????? ?????? ???????.

?? ?????? ??????? ????? ??????? ????? ??????? ??????? ?????? ???? ??????? ??? ?????? ???? ??? ????????? ???????? ????? ???????? ????? ????? ?? ??????? ???? ?????? ??? ????? ???????.

-------------------------------------------------------------------

?????? ??????? ????? ???????


????? ?????? ??????? ????? ??????? ?????? ??????? ??? 1575 ?????? ?? ???? ??? ??? ???? ?????? ???? ??????? ?? ??????? ????????? ?? ??????? ??? 6/2004 ???? ??? ??? ???? ?????? ?? ???????? ?????? ????????? ??? ????? ??????? ???????.

???? ?? ?????? 1575 ??? ????? ????? ?? ??????? ??????? ??? ??? ??? ?????? ??????. ??? ???? ?????? ??? ???? ???? ????? ??????? ?? ???????? ???:
1- ???? ???? ???? ??????
2- ????? ???? ???? ???????
3- ???? ???? ???? ????
4- ???? ???? ??? ???? ????
5- ???? ???? ???? ????
????? ???? ??? ?????? ????? ?????? ???? ??? ????? ???? ????:
1- ??? ???? ???? ???? ??????
2- ???? ??? ???? ???????
??? ?????? ??? ????? ????? ??????? ?????? ?????? ???? ??:
1- ???? ????? ???? ???? ????
2- ???? ??? ???? ???????
3- ???? ??? ???? ????
4- ???? ???? ???? ???????

?? ?????? ??????? ????? ??????? ???? ???? ??? ???? ????????? ?? ??????? ???????? ?????? ?? ?????? ? ?????? ?????? ?????? ?? ???? ????? ??? ??? ????? 1575/2004 ?????? ???????? ??????? ?? ???????? ????????? ?????????? . ?????? ?????? ????????? ?????? ?? ????? ??????? ?????? ?????? ??? ?????? ?????? ??????? ?????? ????????? ?????.






SHRC Calls the 8th of March 2004 a National Day Against Emergency Laws
SHRC
Syria has been suffocating over the past 41 years as a result of the Emergency Laws which were imposed on the 8th of March 1963 following the coup de tat which brought the Ba'th Party to power. Despite the approval of a permanent constitution in 1973, which itself consisted of grave faults and shortcoming, Article 153 thereof stopped any of its contents being implemented, as it stipulated the continuance of the state of emergency, and legitimised all exceptional laws, tyrannical measures and on-site court trials that followed, all of which continue to be practiced and in effect under the pretext of countering the foreign enemy.
Throughout those 41 years, the state of emergency has expanded to include many more oppressive, arbitrary and tyrannical laws that have been enacted and many courts, both special and exceptional, have been held. Under the pretext of the martial laws, prison cells have been filled and thousands have been detained and inhumanely tortured. 17,000 political prisoners remain unaccounted for and are thought to have died under torture or have been killed in one of the many massacres committed in the prisons of Palmyra and Al-Mazza as well as in the various Intelligence and Security Force bureaus throughout Syria, following fictitious trials which lacked the most basic principles of justice and impartiality.
It goes without saying that all sections of the political, social and racial array have suffered immensely from these oppressive and arbitrary measures, and many continue to linger in Syrian prison cells because of their political views, ideas, stands, affiliations or tendencies. One of the main consequences of the imposition of Emergency Laws, was that authority and power were concentrated in the hands of a small group who took advantage of this, exercised oppression and tyranny across the board, and committed a number of massacres which claimed the lives of tens of thousands of innocent citizens.
The totalitarian authority governing Syria has proved its absolute failure in solving any of the country's political, social, economic or ethnic problems and resorted to exercising extreme oppression instead, and referred all problems through security and intelligence channels in accordance to the mandate granted by the Emergency Laws and the exceptional regulations that followed.
Furthermore, the regime failed in dealing with critical issues, ranging from the occupied Syrian lands to Syria's presence in Lebanon and many other issues no less threatening to the country and its future.
The continuation of Emergency Laws over a number of decades has resulted in the country reaching a state of total political and social collapse, economic stagnation and malfunction, widespread corruption, siphoning of national wealth and the transgression of security forces in respect to all sectors of Syrian life.
As a result of the regime's continued insistence to pursue the same oppressive means through the persistence of the state of emergency and martial laws throughout the country despite all the appeals and calls from human rights groups and civil society organisations, the Syrian Human Rights Committee has declared the 8th of March 2004 a national day of protest against the state of emergency and calls for a total upheaval and reform of political, social, cultural, ideological and economic areas, following 41 years of such an abnormal state of affairs. SHRC also calls on Syrians as well as Syria's friends and those who uphold human rights all over the world, to hold a peaceful vigil in front of Syrian Embassies on the 8th of March 2004, and call for the following:
The lifting of the state of emergency and martial laws.
The annulment of all exceptional courts and trials.
Ceasing all oppressive and exceptional laws which were issued under the state of emergency.
Stopping all tyrannical detentions and pursuits outside the realms of the law and justice.
The release of all political prisoners and prisoners of conscience, and the compensation of all those who spent years in prison and suffered immensely on all levels.
Reinstating the civil rights and liberties to all those whom were stripped thereof and compensating them for the harm that came unto them as a result.
Allowing the return of those exiled and deported whether voluntarily or forcibly and offering them legal guarantees of a safe passage.
Opening the cases of those who have disappeared and are unaccounted for and reinstating their or their relatives' rights and offering them compensation.
Reinstating the Syrian citizenship to those whom were stripped of it without due right and in contradiction of the Constitution.
Allowing public freedoms including the freedom of expression and the formation of political parties and civil organisations in order to steer the country towards a democratic future.
Accordingly, the Interim Executive Office of the Syrian Human Rights Committee in London, has decided to hold a peaceful vigil in front of the Syrian Embassy in London on Monday the 8th of March from 1.00 pm until 3.00 pm, demanding the lifting of the state of emergency and achieving the demands listed above.
The Syrian Human Rights Committee appeals to Syrian citizens in other capital cities to arrange for similar vigils on the aforementioned date.

Address of Syrian Embassy in London
8 Belgrave Square
SW1X 8PH
London

Nearest Underground Stations:
Hyde Park Corner (Piccadilly Line)
Knightsbridge (Piccadilly Line)
Victoria (Victoria, District and Circle Lines)






PLF: Abu Abbas to be buried in Syria; autopsy may prove his assassination
Omar Shibly, deputy secretary-general of the PLF, revealed to Al Bawaba that the body of Abu Abbas will now be buried in Syria. The late PLF leader was supposed to be buried in the West Bank but the Israeli government refused the request.
Shibly was thankful to the Syrian government for accepting to have Abu Abbas buried in Damascus.
"The Americans did not hand over the body yet. They accepted to hand it over to us...but they did not set a date yet." Shibly added.
Regarding whether he thinks that Abu Abbas' death was of natural causes, Shibly commented, "Personally, I am convinced that he was assassinated. He was in very good health. The last letter we got from him was a week before his death...in it he assured us that he was in good heath and spirits."
Shilby also asserted that the PLF is holding the US responsible for the death of their leader.
"An Arab and Palestinian panel will be formed to try to get to the bottom of the issue. Also, we will be asking for an international panel to investigate the incident. The most obvious proof that Abu Abbas was assassinated is because he died in US custody." Shibly added. (albawaba.com)


Arab human rights group holds Syrian government responsible for Friday's riots
Haitham Al Manaa', spokesperson for the Arab panel for human rights, told Al Bawaba Sunday that the panel has invited various Arab and Kurdish parties to meet in Paris to discuss Al Qamishli riots that took place last Friday. Al Manaa' added that the panel is also stressing the urgent need for reform.
The panel held the Syrian security apparatus responsible for the tragedy. Reports said that at least 15 people were killed in the riots that interrupted a soccer match between Syria's Jihad and Fatwa teams.
"The Syrian security apparatus are the ones to blame; they were the ones who opened fire on innocent civilians. We ask all Syrians to rise above the calls for sectarianism and to listen to the voice of reason in order to solve this issue" Manaa' told Al Bawaba.
"We are demanding a local yet independent panel to investigate the incident. In the case that such a panel is not formed, we would be willing to cooperate with the human rights organizations in Syria [within the scope of the investigation] to try to establish the parties responsible," Manaa' concluded.
Ghazi Al Deeb, director general of the Syrian Arab News Agency - SANA, (the official government news source), explained to Al Bawaba that what had happened in Qamishli was very sad indeed, however "many parties are trying to exaggerate the incident for their own political gain. A mere sporting riot was exploited to get people to leave the stadium and street-riot," Deeb added.
Syria's state-run newspapers and news agencies generally act as mouthpieces for the government.
"Kurds are an essential part of Syrian society. The Syrian government does not differentiate between its citizens, especially within its official institutions. Syria had a Kurdish prime minister in the past and the current grand mufti of Syria is a Kurd...serving his post as a Syrian rather than a Kurd," Deeb explained.
Deeb also confirmed that the Syrian government has already formed an investigative panel to look into the incident. The panel is expected to conduct a thorough investigation and bring those responsible to justice. (Albawaba)



More Kurds, Arabs reported killed in northern Syria
At least 17 Kurds were killed in northern Syria in clashes with Arabs, as unrest among the Kurdish population spread to more towns and villages, an official of a Kurdish party told reporters on Wednesday.
Mashaal Timo, a member of the political bureau of the Kurdish People's Union, said nine people were killed in the Asharafiye and Sheikh Maksud districts of Aleppo, the main northwestern city.
Another six were killed in the village of Ifrin, 40km northwest of Aleppo and two others in Ras al-Ain, on the Turkish border to the northeast, he told the AFP.
The clashes started on Tuesday and continued overnight, and followed police suppression of rioting in the city of Qamishli, in which at least 19 Kurds were reported killed at the weekend following disturbances during a football match.
Timo conveyed Arabs had also been killed at Qamishli and Arab tribesmen seeking revenge had attacked Kurdish villages along the Turkish border, including Amuda, Derik, Ain Diwar, Malkiye and Derbassiye.
According to Timo, Syrian authorities made efforts to restore calm and had held a meeting with leaders of both sides. (Albawaba.com)





Gains made by Kurds raise hopes, spur riots
By Nicholas Blanford
The Christian Science Monitor
BAGHDAD, Iraq -- It's the worst domestic unrest in Syria in two decades. Over the weekend and into Monday, Kurds rioted in several Syrian towns adjacent to Iraq and Turkey, prompting swift intervention by Syrian troops.
At least 14 Kurds died in riots, which began Friday in Qamishli during a brawl between Kurdish and Arab soccer fans. The violence reportedly began when Arab fans began chanting support for Saddam Hussein. According to diplomats in Damascus, Syrian security forces fired on the crowd, killing six people. Three children were trampled to death in the ensuing panic. Rioting the next day killed five people in Hasake, a town of Arabs and Kurds 50 miles south of Qamishli.
Violent outbursts by Syria's Kurdish minority reinforces concerns that recent political gains by Kurds in Iraq will embolden Kurds in neighboring lands to seek greater recognition. Some analysts see Kurdish ambitions for independence as a regional powder keg. Kurds have been a significant minority in Syria, Iraq, Turkey and Iran since the early 1900s, when Kurdish lands were divided as the Ottoman Empire disintegrated.
The U.S.-led war in Iraq was opposed by Syria and Iran, in part due to the potential ramifications of a resurgent Kurdish community in Iraq's north. Turkey, a regional ally of Washington, also was worried about the way the war's aftermath would impact its own Kurdish population.
Kurds in Iraq have enjoyed near autonomy for the past 12 years under a U.S. and British protective umbrella. Iraq's interim constitution, passed last week, formally recognized Kurdish control over three provinces in northern Iraq, prompting jubilant Kurds to take to the streets in Iranian cities.
The growing influence of Iraqi Kurds has apparently struck a chord with Syria's Kurdish population. Violent demonstrations such as the one over the weekend rarely happen in Syria, where the ruling Baath party maintains tight control over signs of dissent.
In the early 1970s, thousands of Arabs settled in Kurdish villages along the Turkish frontier. Kurdish place names were replaced by Arab names and the Kurdish language was banned from schools.
Restrictions on the Kurds gradually eased under Syrian President Hafez al-Assad who died in 2000.

Copyright ? 2004 The Seattle Times Company


Bashar Arriving Today for Talks
Staff Writer
RIYADH, 17 March 2004 -- Syrian President Bashar Assad will arrive here today for talks ahead of an Arab League heads of state summit later this month, an Arab diplomatic source said yesterday.
During his one-day visit, Bashar will discuss "the Arab situation, namely in Iraq and the Middle East, as well as recent developments in Syria," the source said requesting anonymity.
The reference to "recent developments in Syria" concerned the Kurdish riots which swept through several towns and villages in northeast Syria over the weekend, and which the Kingdom denounced on Monday.
Bashar's meetings in Saudi Arabia will also focus on the Arab summit in Tunis opening March 29, the source said.
Foreign ministers of the Arab League's 22 members held talks earlier this month in Cairo to draw up a blueprint for radical reform of their organization, to be submitted to the two-day summit at the initiative of Saudi Arabia, Syria and Egypt.
Egyptian Foreign Minister Ahmad Maher earlier responded to criticism of the Saudi-Egyptian-Syrian initiative saying the door was open for any other countries to join, according to Al-Watan Arabic newspaper.
He was speaking ahead of a possible further meeting between the three countries' foreign ministers to prepare for the Tunis summit.
Maher denied suggestions the three countries were forming an "axis", and said the three-way meeting was owing to nothing more sinister than the friendly relations between them.
Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak met Bashar on Sunday in Damascus and discussed the need for Arab reform to come from within and not from outside the region, Egypt's state television reported Monday.
The Arab foreign ministers earlier this month also covered a US plan for democratic reform in the Middle East, an issue the ministers decided to refer to their heads of state to discuss in Tunis.
The "Greater Middle East Initiative" has been widely rejected by Arab states, who insist that any reform cannot be imposed and must be internal.
Washington hopes to launch the scheme, which it says will bolster democracy in the Middle East, during a summit of the Group of Eight (G-8) industrialized nations in June.
The US says its initiative aims to encourage democratic reform and economic opening in the Arab world and other Muslim countries.
Seven Arab countries have presented written proposals for the reform of the Arab League, including Libya and Yemen, both of which suggest changing it into an "Arab Union".
All of the written submissions agreed on the need for a collective will to implement League commitments, reform relations between Arab states, and ensure respect for each country's sovereignty.
The most intriguing procedural issue is whether to do away with the consensus required on every decision taken and getting nations to abide by what does pass by majority vote.
------------------------------------------------------
The Massacre of the Military Artillery School at Aleppo - Special Report


SHRC


On 16th June 1979, in collaboration with a number of the Combatant Vanguard (Attali'a el-Moukatillah) headed by Adnan Uqla, Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf, the officer on duty (in charge of moral and political steering and head of Ba'ath Party Unit) at the Military Artillery school, located at el-Ramouseh district in Aleppo province, committed a massacre, killing 32 cadets and wounding 54 others. The culprits targeted cadets from the Alawite sect, however the then minister of information Mr. Ahmad Iskander Ahmad stated that they included Christians and Sunni Muslims.

The then Syrian minister of the interior, Mr. Adnan Dabbagh accused, in an official statement on 22nd June 1979 the Muslim Brotherhood Organisation for being behind the killings. He said: " The latest of their (Muslim Brotherhood) assassinations was that in the artillery school in Aleppo, where they were able to bribe a member of the armed forces, Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf, who was born in Tadif, a village in the Governorate of Aleppo. They utilised his presence and his powers on the day when he was duty the officer at the school. On the evening of Saturday 16 June, el-Yousuf was able to bring a number of criminals of the Muslim Brotherhood organisation into the school. He then called the cadets to attend an urgent meeting in the mess hall. When they rushed from their beds in response to his orders and came to the hall, he ordered his criminals accomplices to open fire. Automatic weapons were fired and hand grenades were thrown. In a few moments, 32 unarmed young cadets were killed and 54 wounded."

On their part, the Muslim Brotherhood Organisation denied any knowledge of the carnage prior to its occurrence, they also denied any involvement in a statement distributed two days later, on 24th June 1979. The statement was entitled: A Statement from Muslim Brotherhood about facts finding and history testimony regarding the artillery school incident in Alepp "The Muslim Brotherhood organisation was surprised, exactly as the others were surprised at the campaign launched against them by Adnan Dabbagh, the Syrian minister of the interior, accusing them of treason and treasury ..., charging them with things which he is well aware that they have nothing to do with. He blamed them for the carnage committed at the artillery school and also the assassinations that took and are still taking place in Syria."

In their statement, Muslim Brotherhood made clear that the group that committed the carnage, including Ibrahim el-Yousuf are well known to the Syrian authority, and that they have nothing to do with Muslim Brotherhood: "a- Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf who committed the carnage at the artillery school in Aleppo is known as an active member of the (ruling) Syrian Ba'ath Party. He has not any connection with Muslim Brotherhood. So, why his actions are imputed to Muslim Brotherhood ? "

In the aforesaid statement, the Brotherhood challenged the Syrian authority to give any evidence about their involvement in the massacre: " The Muslim Brotherhood challenges any authority in the world to prove, via neutral inquest, whether their leadership or members have ever committed violence; nonetheless the Syrian rule have found many adversaries who believe in the use of violence."

Twenty years later, the present leader general of the Syrian Muslim Brotherhood Mr. Ali Sadruddin al-Bayanouni defended his organisation's innocence when interviewed by " No Frontiers" programme transmitted by Aljazeera satellite channel on 7th July 1999: "the Syrian authority made us responsible for incidents which we have nothing to do with, like the artillery school massacre, despite the fact that we issued a statement revealing our position. Those who committed the carnage left their statements", he said Mr. Husni Abo, the leader of the "Combatant Vanguard" who was arrested after the massacre and executed in prison in 1980, said in a televised interview (while still in custody) broadcasted by the Syrian TV in 1980 that he had not approved the massacre. It is said also that Mr. Abdusattar el-Zaim who was killed by the authority near Damascus (1979) and who led the Vanguard after the death of Marwan Hadid in prison (1975) was also against executing the massacre. In the meanwhile Adnan Uqla was very determined to carry out the action. He planned for the massacre and committed it in collaboration with Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf.

Immediately after the massacre, a country-wide campaign was started to uproot the Muslim Brotherhood organisation. In two weeks time, the authority had already arrested about 6000 citizens. Fifteen Muslim Brotherhood members already in prison were executed. The decree issued by the supreme state security court on 27th June 1979, some of whom had been in jail since 1977 all of them have nothing to do with this issue.

Cairo radio commented on the Syrian authority's executions on 10th July 1979: " The Syrian authorities have tried to put the blame for the massacre on the Muslim Brotherhood so as to divert attention from the covert conflict between Alawis and Sunnis within the Syrian party... The members of the Muslim Brotherhood who were executed recently had been detained in Syrian prisons since 1977 and had no connection with the artillery school incident."

The Brotherhood's statement we quoted, regarded the accusation as a pre-arranged plot made by the authority to trap and condemn the Muslim Brotherhood: " Numerous Muslim Brotherhood's leaders and members have been detained for months, and some of them for years. Is the announcement issued by the authority yesterday no more than a plot to condemn them (Muslim Brotherhood) with something they have not done ?"

The Syrian authority linked between the artillery school massacre and the external opposition supported by the Egyptian president regime of Anwar Sadat, because of the former refusal to sign a peace treaty with the Zionists as the latter did: " These people moved immediately after the (Egyptian-Israeli)Sinai agreement (signed in September 1975). Their criminal actions escalated following al-Sadat's visit to Jerusalem (in November 1977), and again following the signing of the shameful and humiliating agreements with the Zionist enemy. They began a series of assassinations in Syrian cities, in Aleppo, Hama and Damascus. The victims included innocent citizens in various walks of life and of diverse employment."

The brotherhood's response was very critical : " It is incredible to accuse the Brotherhood of dealing with Israel, however , their struggle on the land of Palestine is known to all, meanwhile the others (Syrian authority) bear the responsibility of the successive defeats." " The (Syrian authority) claims that the Brotherhood are acting in favour of Camp David treaty is refuted by the fact that they are the only party who sincerely and insistently refuse a Jewish state on even a foot of the Palestinian land."

The Combatant Vanguard members (Attalia Almoukatilah) wrote their organisation's name on the board in the mess hall, recording their responsibility for the operation, leaving literature that confirmed their liability and disclosed their motives behind the massacre. Moreover, a year later on 11th June 1980, Adnan Uqla confirmed the Vanguard's responsibility for all military actions taken, including the massacre at the artillery school. He stated: " The Combatant Vanguard has its independent leadership since its conception in 1975, the Combatant Vanguard is the only party responsible for the historical confrontation resolution with the ignorance (Syrian regime)..."

Names of the main figures who planned and executed the massacre of the artillery school in Alepp

1- Adnan Uqla : born in 1953, an architect, resident of Aleppo, his family come from southern Syria. His membership in Muslim Brotherhood was terminated either in 1974 or 1977 because of his opinions regarding the armed confrontation with the Syrian regime.

2- Captain Ibrahim el-Yousuf: An active member in the Ba'ath Arab socialist party and the officer of moral and political steering at the artillery school. He was born in Tadif village in the governorate of Aleppo. It was said that his brother was killed by the Syrian authorities and he determined to avenge him. Other sources said that Adnan Uqla convinced him to work for the Combatant Vanguard.

References:

1- Statement of the Minister of the Interior, Adnan Dabbagh. Radio of Damascus, 22/6/1979

2- Islamic parties and movements: edited by Faysal Darrage & Jamal Barout. (Arabic)

3- Statements of Muslim Brotherhood in Syria (24th June 1979 - 1st October 1979) (Arabic)

4- The struggle for power in Syria. Nikolas Van Dam (English)

5- Islamic struggle revolution in Syria : Omar abdul-Hakim (Arabic)

6- Without Frontiers programme 7th July 1999, Aljazeera Channel (Arabic Video)





------------------------------------------------------

Pro-reform Saudi scribe arrested
by
Wednesday 17 March 2004 4:25 PM GMT
Saudi security services have arrested a journalist who criticised the arrest a day earlier of a group of Saudi reformers, three of whom have since been released.
Speaking to Aljazeera on Tuesday, Abderrahman al-Lahem, who is based in Saudi, had said the arrest of the reformers was "contrary to the law".
He advocated "freedom of expression, a priority for economic reform" envisaged by the authorities.
Sources close to the reformers on Wednesday said Saudi security forces had arrested some 10 reformers since Tuesday, including academics who were among 116 signatories to a petition to the government in December calling for transforming the kingdom into a constitutional monarchy.
Release
The sources added that three of the reformers had been released on Wednesday while the rest were still in detention.
They named the three as Khaled al-Hamid and Adnan Al-Shakhs, both academics, as well as Abdul Rab Abu Khamseen, an activist.
An official with the Saudi interior minister confirmed the arrest "of a limited number of individuals for questioning about statements they issued that do not serve national unity and the social fabric built on the rules of Islam," said the official SPA news agency.
The official provided no further details of the number or identity of those arrested.
AFP
By
You can find this article at:
http://english.aljazeera.net/NR/exeres/2579DBB0-414D-4360-B913-FAB54A47673F.htm

Posted by maximpost at 11:51 PM EST
Permalink

>> WHATEVER HAPPENED TO THE IRAQI REGIME'S SHIPS?
New al-Qaida threat:
15-ship mystery navy
U.S., Brits fear high-seas terror posed by bin Laden's vessels
Posted: September 29, 2003
1:00 a.m. Eastern
? 2003 WorldNetDaily.com
Osama bin Laden's al-Qaida network has purchased at least 15 ships in the last two years - creating, perhaps, the first terrorist naval force, reports Joseph Farah's G2 Bulletin.
Lloyds of London has reportedly helped Britain's MI6 and the U.S. CIA trace the sales made through a Greek shipping agent suspected of having direct contacts with bin Laden, the online intelligence newsletter reported.
The ships fly the flags of Yemen and Somalia - where they are registered - and are capable of carrying cargoes of lethal chemicals, a "dirty bomb" or even a nuclear weapon, according to G2 Bulletin's sources. British and U.S. officials worry that one or more of these ships could hit civilian ports on a suicide mission.
The freighters are believed to be somewhere in the Indian or Pacific oceans. When the ships left their home ports in the Horn of Africa weeks ago, some were destined for ports in Asia.
The U.S. Department of State Friday warned citizens overseas that the threat of terror attacks did not end with the passing of the September 11 anniversary - specifically mentioning the threat of maritime terrorism.
"We are seeing increasing indications that al-Qaida is preparing to strike U.S. interests abroad," said the State Department's "Worldwide Caution."
"It is being issued to remind U.S. citizens of the continuing threat that they may be a target of terrorist actions, even after the anniversary date of the September 11 attacks and to add the potential for threats to maritime interests."
"Looking at the last few months, al-Qaida and its associated organizations have struck in the Middle East in Riyadh, in North Africa in Casablanca and in East Asia in Indonesia," the State Department said.
The report continued: "We expect al-Qaida will strive for new attacks that will be more devastating than the September 11 attack, possibly involving non-conventional weapons such as chemical or biological agents. We also cannot rule out the potential for al-Qaida to attempt a second catastrophic attack within the US. US citizens are cautioned to maintain a high level of vigilance, to remain alert and to take appropriate steps to increase their security awareness," the warning said.
G2 Bulletin sources say other potential targets of the al-Qaida armada, besides civilian ports, include oil rigs. Another threat is the ramming of a cruise liner.
Some British navy officials have expressed concerns about not being able to patrol its coasts adequately against such a threat.
If a maritime terror attack comes, it won't be the first. In October 2000, the USS Cole, a heavily armed ship protected with the latest radar defenses, was hit by an al-Qaida suicide crew. Seventeen American soldiers died. Two years later, following the attacks on the Twin Towers, a similar attack was carried out against a French supertanker off the coast of Yemen.





>> KUWAITI TROUBLES?

2 Kuwaiti Firms Win New Iraq Fuel Deals
Both Were Halliburton Subcontractors
By Mary Pat Flaherty and Jackie Spinner
Washington Post Staff Writers
Wednesday, March 17, 2004; Page A18
Two Kuwaiti companies involved in the Pentagon's criminal investigation of possible overcharges in a previous Halliburton Co. contract to import fuel into Iraq have been awarded new contracts for the same purpose.
Altanmia Commercial Marketing Co. yesterday won a $39.9 million contract to transport gasoline and diesel fuel to southern Iraq. Altanmia was the lowest of 19 bidders, said Lynette Ebberts, a spokeswoman for the Defense Energy Support Center.
The support center took over the job of finding fuel suppliers from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, which gave the original contract to KBR, a Halliburton subsidiary. The Pentagon is investigating possible overcharges of $61 million in that contract and has referred the matter to the Justice Department.
Altanmia will transport fuel on behalf of Kuwait Petroleum Corp., which yesterday won an $80 million contract to supply fuel to southern Iraq -- and was also the supplier under the KBR contract. Kuwait Petroleum is a private corporation that manages Kuwait's state-owned oil sector.
An Altanmia spokesman could not be reached last night and a spokeswoman for Kuwait Petroleum in Washington declined to comment, referring questions to headquarters in Kuwait, where offices were closed.
Kuwait Petroleum will charge $1.08 a gallon for gasoline and Altanmia will charge 42 cents a gallon to transport it, according to documents obtained by The Washington Post. The deal under investigation included a price of $1.17 a gallon for gasoline and $1.21 a gallon for transportation, according to U.S. Rep. Henry A. Waxman (D-Calif.). With Halliburton's markup, the price rose to $2.64 a gallon, said Waxman, who has been a strong critic of Iraqi contracts awarded to Halliburton, which Dick Cheney headed from 1995 until 2000.
The Corps of Engineers yesterday declined to comment on the original contract because it is under investigation. The new contract is for three months, while the original was month-to-month.
"Altanmia dramatically reduced its transportation prices to win this contract. This raises many questions about why Halliburton was charging taxpayers so much more for the very same services," Waxman said in a written statement yesterday. "The new contract shows that real competition can save the taxpayers millions of dollars."
In a separate deal yesterday, the Shaheen Business and Investment Group (SBIG) won a $71.8 million contract to purchase and transport gasoline to southern Iraq from Jordan, at $1.18 a gallon. Headquartered in Amman, Jordan, SBIG is a multinational set of companies that includes Cemex Global Inc. of Washington. It also has a contract to train Iraqi police.






>> THE OTHER GPS?

Israel Signs Up for EU Satellite Navigation Project
Wed Mar 17,12:40 PM ET
BRUSSELS (Reuters) - Israel agreed on Wednesday to take part in the new multibillion-dollar satellite navigation system being developed by the European Union (news - web sites), the European Commission (news - web sites) said.
Galileo, which will be a European version of the already existing U.S. Global Positioning System (GPS), will become operational in 2008. China has already agreed to take part.
"This lays the basis for Israel's active participation in the (Galileo) program," the Commission said in a statement after an agreement was initialed in Jerusalem.
The EU in February reached a landmark agreement with the United States on radio frequencies to enable Galileo to work alongside GPS, dispelling severe reservations in the Defense Department and NATO (news - web sites).
Galileo's planned system of 27 satellites has a range of potential uses from guiding cars and ships or landing military aircraft to precision positioning in engineering projects.
Neither European Commission nor Israeli officials could immediately give a figure for how much Israel would invest in the project. Sources on both sides have suggested it would be tens of millions of euros, although one said Israel might contribute a maximum of $100 million.
China has put up 230 million euros ($283.7 million) and India, which is negotiating to join, has spoken of 300 million euros. ($1=.8106 Euro)
------------------------------------------------------------
>> BUZZ WATCH...

-Kim Jong-Il for first time acknowledges famine to military but vows they will eat well...
-N. Korea builds massive database on its 23 million citizens as market reforms begin...
-CIA: N. Korea ready to test missile 'capable of reaching' California...
-Report: N. Korea, Iran secretly met for talks on uranium enrichment in January...
-Mobile phone ties S. Korean to major drug deal between N. Korea and Japan...
-China silent on evidence of its key role in Libya, Khan's nuke network...
-Chinese commander pushes to develop bases on disputed Spratlys...
-Jiang comeback: Former president seen as force behind military buildup - Former Chinese President Jiang Zemin, who left office last year but continues to hold power as chairman of the Central Military Commission, is growing in power, U.S. official said. Jiang is believed to be the driving force behind the secretive Chinese communist leadership structure for building up the armed forces. Last week Jiang called for speeding up the military buildup of Chinese forces. Jiang spoke at a conference of National People's Congress deputies. In his remarks Jiang called for China to initiate a "revolution in military affairs" using advanced weaponry and modern warfare tactics and strategy...
-Drug smugglers dressed as clerics flourish on Iraq-Iraq border...

-------------------------------------------------------
>> SAUDI CONVERSATIONS - one step forward, two steps back?


Saudi Press Seen as More Free
http://www.npr.org/rundowns/segment.php?wfId=1775704
?
from All Things Considered, Wednesday, March 17, 2004
Journalists in Saudi Arabia appear to be enjoying more freedom than at any other time in the history of the desert kingdom. Articles advocating political reform and women's rights and criticizing the conservative religious establishment are now commonplace in Saudi newspapers. NPR's Mike Shuster reports.


washingtonpost.com
Saudi Arabia Detains Reformers
Reuters
Wednesday, March 17, 2004; Page A17
RIYADH, Saudi Arabia, March 16 -- Saudi Arabia detained several prominent reformers Tuesday in a move their supporters described as a major setback to democratic change in the conservative Islamic kingdom.
An Interior Ministry source, quoted by the official Saudi Press Agency, said the men were being questioned for issuing announcements that "do not serve national unity or the cohesion of society based on Islamic sharia law."
Sources close to the detainees said eight people had been taken in by police, including former university professors Abdullah Hamid and Tawfiq Qussayer. Hamid was one of more than 800 people who signed a letter to Saudi Arabia's de facto ruler, Crown Prince Abdullah, urging that a timetable for political reforms be implemented in the Persian Gulf state, which is under pressure to open up its absolute monarchy.
Also detained were Matrouk Faleh, a professor of politics at King Saud University in Riyadh, and Mohammed Said Tayyib, a retired publisher. Four others, including poet Ali Dumaini, were also being held.
"This will make people lose trust in the government and their promises. It contradicts 100 percent what they have been promising," said one academic with ties among the detainees.
Saudi Arabia has come under pressure from Washington to reform following the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, which were carried out mainly by Saudis. The government has promised to hold municipal elections by October, and this month the country's first independent human rights organization won royal approval.
The country has also introduced changes to its educational and religious institutions, which promote an austere version of Sunni Islam and are blamed by critics for creating a fertile environment for militants.
On Monday, Saudi security forces killed a Yemeni man believed to be a leading al Qaeda figure in the kingdom, officials said.
The Saudi Press Agency quoted an Interior Ministry source as saying Khaled Ali Ali Haj, reported to be a senior al Qaeda figure, was killed in a shootout in Riyadh along with another suspected militant, Ibrahim bin Abdulaziz bin Mohammad Muzainy.
Haj had been wanted by Saudi authorities since May, when his name was published along with those of 18 other suspected al Qaeda operatives. Days later, suicide bombings blamed on the al Qaeda network killed at least 35 people in Riyadh, including several Americans.

? 2004 The Washington Post Company

----------------------------------------------------
'Liberating' Saudi's Shi'ites (and their oil)
By Ashraf Fahim
If the rulers of Saudi Arabia held out any hope that the post-September 11, 2001, demonization of their kingdom was finally waning, then someone in Riyadh should pick up a copy of An End to Evil, a recently published neo-conservative roadmap for "winning" the "war on terror". In it, David Frum, an ex-speechwriter for President George W Bush (and inventor of the term "axis of evil"), and Richard Perle, the eminence grise of the neo-con fraternity, suggest that the United States should bring Saudi Arabia to heel by threatening to support independence for the country's Eastern Province or Al Hasa (also known as Ash Sharqiyah), where much of Saudi Arabia's minority Shi'ite population and, coincidentally, most of its oil is situated.
While the continuing turmoil in Iraq might inhibit lesser souls even to consider tinkering with the map of the world's most important oil producer, Frum and Perle are made of sterner stuff. Lamenting the discrimination suffered by Saudi Arabia's Shi'ites at the hands of the Sunni elite, whose power base lies in Najd and Hijaz in the center and west of the Arabian Peninsula, they deduce that "it is not bigotry alone that explains these Saudi actions, but also their fear that the Shi'ites might someday seek independence for the Eastern Province - and its oil". If this fear were somehow brought to fruition it "would obviously be a catastrophic outcome for the Saudi state. But it might be a very good outcome for the US."
There is, of course, nothing new in the suggestion that, in extreme circumstances, the United States might seize strategically important oilfields in the Persian Gulf region. Such a step was contemplated at an advanced level by the administration of president Richard Nixon during the 1973 Arab oil embargo. But some observers believe that the events of September 11, as well as the frailty of the House of Saud and the Shi'ite awakening in Iraq, have given this contingency new life.
Dr Sa'd al-Fagih, head of the London-based Saudi opposition group the Movement for Islamic Reform in Arabia (MIRA), says the military plan to "liberate" Al Hasa is already in place but would only be considered if the US-friendly House of Saud falls. In that event, he claims, the US "has made preparations to isolate the Eastern Province militarily". US bases in Qatar and Kuwait are aimed, he says, "at the north end of the Eastern Province and at the south end of the Eastern Province. So the scenario is, America will take over in a line extending from Kuwait, down to Dammam [the capital of Al Hasa] or down to Qatar." With the oilfields secure, they will "leave Najd and Hijaz to their fate".
Whether or not al-Fagih's claims are accurate, other observers of the situation in the Gulf are dismissive of neo-con fantasies about partitioning Saudi Arabia. Professor Gary Sick of Columbia University, who served on the National Security Council staff under presidents Jimmy Carter, Gerald Ford and Ronald Reagan, calls the idea typical of the kind of "irresponsible dreaming about the types of changes that can be brought about in the Middle East" now commonplace. However, he says, "admittedly some of those dreams have come true in these last few years".
The current plan to "liberate" Al Hasa has its genesis in the post-September 11 bipartisan Washington consensus that Saudi Arabia is, to some degree, a problem in the "war on terror". Many in Washington allege that the kingdom has financed, offered ideological inspiration to and provided the manpower for al-Qaeda and its fellow travelers. The more extreme ideologues such as Frum and Perle say that Saudi Arabia "deserves its own place on the axis of evil", and have zeroed in on the ethnic peculiarities in the Eastern Province as a possible trump card in pressuring the kingdom.
That perspective gained voice at an April 2002 panel discussion at the Hudson Institute, an influential conservative think-tank, titled "Saudi Vulnerability: The Source of Middle Eastern Oil and the Eastern Province". On the panel were Ali al-Ahmed, head of the Saudi Institute, a Washington-based Shi'ite opposition organization, and Max Singer, co-founder of Hudson. No transcript was available for the event, but the tone can perhaps be discerned from an article Singer subsequently authored titled "Free the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia".
For Singer, the diffusion of Sunni Wahhabi "extremism" abroad could be eliminated by severing its source of funds - oil. A conference at Hudson in June 2002, titled "Oil, Terrorism, and the Problem of Saudi Arabia" and hosted by Republican Senator Sam Brownback, allowed various anti-Saudi luminaries to expand on that theme. "One has to think in terms of intervention in the oilfields, which are conveniently all on one side," noted panelist Simon Henderson, a British writer on Saudi Arabia. "And I dare say there are at least a few people in the Pentagon who plan this one day by day."
The neo-cons discover 'Petrolistan'
Though the Saudi Shi'ite grievance has been newly championed by the neo-cons for transparently realpolitik reasons, it does have a legitimate basis in the religious and political discrimination the Shi'ites have suffered. The Shi'ites have been excluded from positions of power and certain professions, hindered from fully practicing their faith and subject to hostility by some in the conservative Sunni religious establishment. In addition, though they make up a large part of the workforce at Saudi Aramco, Shi'ites have watched the oil wealth flow west to Najd and Hijaz. Thus intermittent uprisings have erupted since Al Hasa was incorporated into the Saudi realm in 1913, most recently after the Shi'ite Iranian revolution emboldened their co-religionists throughout the Persian Gulf.
Various estimates put the Shi'ite population at 5-10 percent of the 17 million native Saudis, and it is possible they constitute a majority in Al Hasa. Thus far, the priority for the Shi'ite opposition has been equal rights within the Saudi state, and it is not at all clear that they would welcome US intervention on their behalf.
The aspirations of the Shi'ite, however, are not the priority of the advocates of a "Muslim Republic of East Arabia", as Singer dubbed it. And this kind of neo-con grand strategizing, based largely on ethnic number-crunching, strikes Sick as foolhardy. The notion of disrupting a country "as important as Saudi Arabia requires a lot more serious thought than the idea that there are just a bunch of Shi'ite running around the Eastern Province", he says.
Neo-con scheming could also potentially stir sectarian strife inside Saudi Arabia. Crown Prince Abdullah, the country's de facto ruler, recently took the unprecedented step of accepting a petition from prominent Shi'ites, titled "Partners in the Homeland", calling for greater rights. Such attempts at reconciliation could be undermined if the Shi'ites, unjustly or not, are seen to be conspiring with outsiders to break up the Saudi state.
The Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia is not the only place where the Sunni-Shi'ite divide plays out atop large reserves of black gold. A sectarian power struggle simmers throughout the Gulf, and some see in the Shi'ite revival in Iraq the makings of a significant shift in power. "Now that the dust of the Iraq war has settled, it is clear the Shi'ites have emerged, blinking in the sunlight, as the unexpected winners," wrote Mai Yamani, a research fellow at the Royal Institute of International Affairs in London. "[The West has] also woken up to the accident of geography that has placed the world's major oil supplies in areas where they [Shi'ites] form the majority: Iran, the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia, Bahrain and southern Iraq. Welcome to the new commonwealth of 'Petrolistan'."
The concept of an emerging "Petrolistan" feeds into the growing paranoia in the region that the Shi'ites are conspiring with the United States to dismantle Sunni hegemony across the Middle East. But Sick says such paranoia is misplaced. "I don't think there is a Shi'ite policy," he says. In fact "the US tends to be very nervous about Shi'ite governance". He notes, among other things, hostile relations between the US and revolutionary Iran, and the US failure to topple Saddam Hussein in 1991 precisely out of fear of a Shi'ite takeover of Iraq.
For the time being, the idea of liberating Saudi Arabia's Eastern Province remains on the fringes of US policymaking, and in fashion among the mandarins of think-tanks such as the Foundation for the Defense of Democracies, the Hudson Institute and the American Enterprise Institute (AEI). But, says Sick, it "has acquired no significant following in the administration".
Unfortunately for Riyadh, the fringes have become the nursery for future policy, and the fashions of the neo-cons often become conventional wisdom for the grown-ups in the Bush administration. Anyone who followed the policy prescriptions of AEI's "black-coffee breakfast" seminars prior to the invasion of Iraq, for example, would recognize a stunning similarity in the way US policy in Iraq has evolved.
At present, however, Al Hasa's would-be liberators appear cognizant of the limits of their influence and content to use the threat of partition to browbeat the Saudis into obeisance in the "war on terror" and the construction of a new Iraq. The threat is also intended to ensure that Saudi Arabia doesn't think about using its own oil as leverage in the Arab-Israeli conflict, the context in which invasion was first discussed in 1973.
Frum and Perle are frank about the strategic utility of their proposal. "We would want the Saudis to know that we are pondering [partition]. The knowledge that the US has options other than abjectly accepting whatever abuse the Saudis choose to throw our way might have a 'chastening' effect on Saudi behavior."
Some observers have suggested that the chaotic situation in Iraq signals the waning of the neo-conservative star that rose after September 11. Whether or not this is the case, political fortunes can change quickly in Washington. Another Bush term could easily embolden the neo-cons, and if, as so many predict, the House of Saud falls, they could undertake their grandest delusion yet.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Saudi chastises Arabs for blaming U.S.
'If I were a Shia and from Iraq, I'd pray ... that America remained'
Posted: March 17, 2004
1:00 a.m. Eastern
? 2004 WorldNetDaily.com
Taking an unusual stance, a columnist for the Saudi English-language Arab News criticized Arabs for blaming the U.S. for recent terror attacks in Iraq.
Muhammad Al-Rasheed chastised Shia clerics in a column last Wednesday for blaming the U.S. for the recent attacks against Shia in Karbala and Baghdad, reported the Middle East Media Research Institute.
Arabs tend to "blame others and shun the facts," he said, pointing out prominent clerics, including some in Lebanon, have pinned responsibility on the U.S.
"Mind you, this America is the [same one] the Shia are now talking to so they can finally govern themselves for the first time in 1,400 years," al-Rasheed said.
"If I were a Shia and from Iraq, I'd pray to the Almighty that America remained in Iraq until the country was stable and on its feet again," he continued. "Otherwise, the Karbala massacre will be just a trailer for the full version of an unbelievable horror show."
Al-Rasheed said he found the reaction of the clerics "overwhelming" while "the blood is still hot and streaming down the streets of Iraq."
Bomb attacks March 2 in the Shia holy city of Karbala and in Baghdad killed more than 100 people as millions of pilgrims packed streets for the Ashura ceremony, one of the holiest in the Shia calendar.
Al-Rasheed challenged the clerics to "name names and point fingers in the right direction."
"We are sick and tired of this kind of behavior," he said. "We honestly have had enough of it and cannot blame the world for looking at us and wondering if we retain any shred of humanity. The creed that sanctions blowing up worshipers in mosques (or any other religious venue for that matter, including office buildings since Islam says that work is worship) should be declared the public enemy of humanity. The U.N. should vote on that publicly and let us count the votes and identify those who vote against the motion."
Al-Rasheed called the terrorists who carried out the attacks more barbarous than ousted Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein.
"The perpetrators have an agenda more vicious than anything Saddam could have dreamed up," al-Rasheed said. "Saddam killed and maimed to maintain his rule by brute force. These people kill and maim to turn people against each other and to satisfy a bloodlust based on elitism in theological terms. In other words, they want to win in this world and go to heaven in the next. I don't think Saddam was that optimistic; otherwise, the Americans would not have found him alive in a hole."
Al-Rasheed said, "Just when we seem to have moved a step forward, something happens to make us take 10 steps back," said. "Sacrificial blood in Karbala and Baghdad is nothing new but the latest atrocity on the most sacred day for the Shia was a criminal act of monstrous proportions. The carnage and the spectacle were on a scale not seen since the last sacking of Karbala over a century ago."


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Syria arrests hundreds as riots sweep the nation
Regime blames U.S. after American flags spotted in protests
SPECIAL TO WORLD TRIBUNE.COM
Wednesday, March 17, 2004
Syrian military troops and police have arrested hundreds of Kurds suspected of being involved in the anti-regime riots in cities throughout Syria over the weekend.
Kurdish sources said Syrian intelligence arrested hundreds of suspected Kurdish separatists in Aleppo and surrounding communities. The unrest was sparked by a soccer riot on Friday in the town of Qamishli near the Turkish border.
Syrian officials have accused the United States of fomenting the Kurdish riots. They said the Kurds, who raised U.S. flags during anti-regime demonstrations, were connected to the U.S.-aligned Patriotic Union of Kurdistan in northern Iraq.
The unrest was termed as the worst in Syria since the Islamic insurgency against Damascus in the early 1980s.
The sources said Syrian troops, backed by main battle tanks and armored personnel carriers, patrolled towns and cities, including Damascus.
On Monday, Kurdish sources reported that Kurdish insurgents killed the son of a Syrian governor in the Aleppo district. They said the insurgents also raided an Aleppo prison and freed an unspecified number of inmates.
In the Qamishli area, government buildings and police cars were attacked and in one case, a security police headquarters was torched. At one point, the sources said, Kurdish unrest reached Damascus.
Syrian officials said six Kurds were killed, all of them trampled to death in the soccer match in Qamishli. Kurdish leaders aligned with the government said at least 19 Kurds were shot dead in clashes with Syrian forces.
But on Tuesday, the Turkish daily Hurriyet, quoting Kurdish sources, said more than 100 people have been killed in the clashes. Earlier estimates placed the casualty toll at 80.
On Monday, Kurds in the northern Iraqi town of Suleimaniya demonstrated in solidarity with Kurds in nearby Syria.
On Monday, Syria acknowledged the extent of the damage from the Kurdish unrest. Syrian authorities released footage of torched cars, damaged buildings and even defaced portraits of the late Syrian President Hafez Assad, father of the current president.
Syrian authorities has closed the border crossing of Nusaybin with Turkey. Kurdish sources said Turkish nationals in Qamishli were attacked during the unrest and their vehicles torched. They said the Turks have returned to Turkey.

------------------------------------------------------------
>> HEIMAT WATCH...

Homeland Security bureau studies lessons of Spain bombings
By Chris Strohm
cstrohm@govexec.com
In the wake of deadly bombings in Spain last week, the Immigration and Customs Enforcement bureau is examining ways to beef up security, such as combing through databases for suspicious immigration patterns, protecting federal infrastructure or mobilizing explosives detection units, the agency's director said Wednesday.
Assistant Secretary Michael Garcia said ICE is waiting to receive initial results of the investigation into train bombs that killed 201 people last week in Madrid to determine how the bureau can help increase U.S. security efforts.
"We're going to have to look at what happened; look at what the vulnerabilities were, what the planning was, get the details on it and then look at that model and bring it back and go forward," Garcia said. "Right now, we're looking at rail security as [a border and transportation security] issue. Can we be of any help given our expertise in explosives detection?"
Garcia noted that ICE includes the Federal Protective Service, which guards about 8,800 federal facilities and uses canine explosives detection teams.
ICE is able to comb through databases to determine suspicious travel patterns in the United States, especially people who might have criminal records or be in violation of immigration laws.
"We can use our compliant enforcement systems very proactively to determine what the risk is, and [see if there is] information in our system that we can start to put together a picture emerging of a threat," Garcia said. "We've done that in the past and as we get information, we'll see if we can do that here."
He added: "You can take information, you can feed it into an ongoing investigation and look at geography, nationality, travel patterns and those types of things that we couldn't do in the past."
The federal commission investigating the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks concluded in a January report that immigration and law enforcement agencies failed to share information and prevent some of the attackers from illegally entering and remaining in the country.
According to Garcia, immigration and law enforcement tactics have improved, especially in the areas of border security, sharing database information between agencies, and the initial deployment of a biometric identification verifications system at airports and seaports.
"We've come tremendously far," he said. "I do see almost on a daily basis concrete examples of that tightening that will prevent those kinds of things from happening again."
Garcia also testified Wednesday on the fiscal year 2005 budget request for ICE before the House Appropriations Subcommittee on Homeland Security.
Garcia said the Homeland Security Department estimates there are about 7 million illegal aliens in the United States. About 450,000 are evading deportation orders, Garcia said, and of those, about 40,000 also are wanted for criminal offenses.
The budget would fund 30 new fugitive operations teams, which would be dedicated solely to apprehending and deporting alien absconders. Garcia predicted that the additional teams would help the agency catch about 25,000 absconders.
Brought to you by GovExec.com
-----------------------------------------------------------------

FBI should see improved technology in 2005, agency chief says
From National Journal's Technology Daily
FBI Director Robert Mueller on Wednesday said he hopes by next year the agency is on the "cutting edge" of technology.
Mueller made the remarks before a House committee responsible for appropriations for the Commerce, Justice and State departments. He also was responding to comments by Rep. Harold Rogers. R-Ky., that the panel has "pumped zillions" [of dollars] into the agency over the last 10 to 20 years for information technology, but only recently has seen progress.
Appropriators in recent years have cut the agency's budget for its anti-terrorism computer system known as Trilogy because of delays in its implementation.
Rogers also questioned Mueller about the Homeland Security Department's inability to access the FBI's fingerprint database system.
Mueller said Homeland implemented a two-print system at the nation's borders - rather than a 10-print system like the FBI -- as a "stopgap" measure to quickly roll out biometrics technology.
Brought to you by GovExec.com
---------------------------------------------------------------------
TSA to require passenger data and issue privacy rules
By Drew Clark, National Journal's Technology Daily
The government will require airlines to provide passenger data so it can test a new computerized screening system, for which it will issue proposed privacy rules, the head of the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) said Wednesday.
The order to provide data for the Computer Assisted Passenger Pre-screening System (CAPPS II) would come under a "security directive" within the next several months from TSA, said agency acting administrator Admiral David Stone in testimony before the House Transportation Aviation Subcommittee.
CAPPS II has been criticized on privacy grounds, and airlines are unwilling to provide passenger data to the TSA unless they are compelled or privacy protections are put in place.
Subcommittee Chairman John Mica, R-Fla., and ranking member Peter DeFazio, D-Ore., harshly criticized the agency for neglecting privacy rules and for the slow pace in testing the system. CAPPS II would use names, addresses, phone numbers and dates of birth to conduct background checks on all travelers.
Mica said it was "unacceptable" that TSA was behind schedule because it could not obtain airline data. "I believe TSA has sufficient authority under the authorizing law we passed to require airlines to provide data, and should do so promptly."
"It is our intent to use the [regulation] along with a security directive," Stone replied. That should address both the airlines' concerns and those of privacy advocates, he said.
Mica also criticized the agency for failing to integrate terrorist "watch lists." Stone replied that a preliminary version would be offered by March 31, and that the integration would be complete by year's end.
Lawmakers also hammered the agency on failing to address privacy concerns. But Stone said in his testimony: "There is an inherent goodness to CAPPS II that I believe will shine through as we examine the program more closely."
"CAPPS II seems to be collapsing before it is even testing," said District of Columbia Democratic Del. Eleanor Holmes Norton. "I can't imagine what it will take to get the public to accept the screening that CAPPS II is offering."
"The bottom line is assuring the American public that CAPPS II does not begin to look like Big Brother," said Rep. Bill Pascrell, D-N.J.
"I am a little bit troubled about the plan to implement" CAPPS II, said Rep. Bob Ney, the Ohio Republican who chairs the House Administration Committee. He said he was concerned about its privacy implications and how it dealt with errors. "This has got to be thought out to the nth degree."
"It is my understanding ... that we gave significant authority to issue security directives with no notice of rulemaking and no public comment," said DeFazio. "Why wouldn't you just use that criteria with the airlines?"
Stone replied that issuing proposed rules were important "to instill trust and confidence and to provide notice to passengers that we will be taking data and testing it." In a brief interview, Stone said the agency had not decided whether it would first issue the "security directive" or the proposed notice of regulation.

Brought to you by GovExec.com
--------------------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 10:34 PM EST
Permalink

Chairman Hubbard?
The right man to replace Greenspan.
No one expected the Federal Reserve to change interest rates at their policy-setting meeting yesterday, so the monetary moment may seem a little low drama. But a huge monetary question is churning through the Washington rumor-mill with increasing velocity: Will the 79-year-old Alan Greenspan accept renomination as Fed chairman when President Bush offers it to him this summer?
Bush has made his decision clear. Greenspan has not. Observers have remarked on the Fed chairman's unusually active speech-making agenda in recent months. For a senior citizen he has a lot of energy for the rubber-chicken circuit, raising eyebrows that something is up.
More, he's been vocal on a number of wide-ranging topics: He has defended his approach to the stock market bubble, advised reducing Social Security benefits, relentlessly attacked Fanny Mae and Freddie Mac, passionately supported free trade in the face of a silly-season political assault on so-called jobs outsourcing, and argued -- in an unusually zealous manner -- that new spending restraint and economic growth (not tax increases) are the best ways to solve the post-9/11 budget deficit.
It's almost as though the Fed chairman is making a victory lap, one that will secure him a positive historical legacy after a 17-year, four-term run as chairman of the most powerful economic agency in the world.
Technically, Greenspan's chairmanship must end in 2006, when his seat on the Federal Reserve board expires. So if he were to accept renomination for an unprecedented fifth term, he would only be eligible for 2 more years. But will he take it? No one knows.
Conventional thinking has Greenspan departing in 2006 and Bush appointing Harvard economist Martin Feldstein as his successor. The former Reagan economic adviser has strong ties to the administration, dating back to Papa Bush and extending through Bush Jr.'s presidential run, when he sat on the campaign's economic-policy committee. Since then he has frequently briefed both the president and vice president. As president of the National Bureau of Economic Research and a prolific writer, he enjoys considerable credibility inside the economic establishment.
But the recent Washington buzz is not about Feldstein -- it concerns former Bush II economic adviser Glenn Hubbard.
Hubbard returned to his teaching post at Columbia University last year after authoring the best supply-side tax cut enacted in 20 years, one that dramatically reignited both the stock market and economic growth. While in Washington, the 45-year-old Hubbard showed himself to be an adept inside player. His tax-cutting views overwhelmed the hapless former Treasury man Paul O'Neill. He even outlasted Bush adviser Lawrence Lindsey in the dramatic shakeup that followed the 2002 midterm elections. Hubbard emerged as the principal Bush administration spokesperson and communicator. In numerous television appearances he proved himself to be an unyielding free-market advocate. In congressional hearings his political ear was uniquely sensitive.
Like Greenspan, Hubbard understands the crucial interaction between monetary and fiscal policy -- an essential function for any Fed chair. Lower tax rates that spur economic growth require an accommodative Fed to create efficient liquidity that will fund new work and investment incentives. This is exactly what Greenspan did nearly a year ago when the Fed eased policy once the Bush tax cuts were signed into law. In private conversations Hubbard has indicated he would have done the same.
Supply-side doctrine -- synthesized by Nobelist Robert Mundell and economist Arthur Laffer -- has always emphasized that lower marginal tax rates increase liquidity demands while higher taxes reduce them. The Fed must react accordingly -- although Greenspan has not always done so.
Ten years ago, the estimable Greenspan properly tightened policy following passage of the Clinton tax hikes, which removed growth incentives and would have left an inflationary overhang of excess money. But his biggest mistake came in 2000, when he met a non-inflationary and liquidity-hungry economy (one that followed capital-gains tax cuts and was driven by a remarkable high-tech productivity surge) with a dearth of money. As the Fed tightened relentlessly, the long bull-market economic run was destroyed.
Greenspan has clearly learned from that mistake. So has Hubbard.
A money manager recently told me about a call he placed to a prominent speakers bureau in Washington. The investor requested Martin Feldstein, but the speech broker said, "Don't you know that everyone down here is talking about Glenn Hubbard as a replacement for Alan Greenspan?"
During the early Reagan years, Feldstein wandered far off the reservation in a panic over budget deficits. He started publicly opposing the president by recommending tax increases. Many supply-siders have never forgiven him. As George W. Bush ponders a second-term agenda that includes reduced tax burdens on capital formation, private investment accounts for Social Security, and legislation to make his first-term tax cuts permanent, surely he will want a sound thinker running the central bank.

-- Larry Kudlow, NRO's Economics Editor, is CEO of Kudlow & Co. and host with Jim Cramer of CNBC's Kudlow & Cramer.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Awkward Dance, GOP Embraces Both Deficit Reduction and Tax Cut
By Alan Fram Associated Press Writer
Published: Mar 17, 2004
WASHINGTON (AP) - Congressional Republicans are engaged in a complicated political two-step, pursuing both tax cuts and deficit reduction in an election year when record federal shortfalls are starting to draw the public's attention.
Ignoring Democrats and deficit hawks who said the two policies are contradictory, the GOP-run House Budget Committee embraced both goals Wednesday by approving a pair of measures.
The committee, by voice vote, approved a bill making it harder for lawmakers to expand benefits for programs such as Medicare unless they are paid for with spending cuts. Unlike the Senate-passed version, tax cuts would not have to be paid for, protecting a priority that President Bush and GOP lawmakers have retained even as this year's deficit nears an unprecedented $500 billion.
"New spending and new tax cuts are not equivalent. New spending does not help maximize economic growth and tax cuts do," said Rep. Patrick Toomey, R-Pa.
By a party-line 24-19 vote, the committee also approved a $2.41 trillion budget for 2005. The spending plan largely follows the outline Bush proposed last month. But it distances House Republicans from the White House by proposing faster deficit reduction, smaller tax cuts and lower spending than the president sought.
The conflicting strains - erasing red ink yet reducing federal revenues, endorsing Bush priorities while recasting them - underscore the tricky terrain Republicans must tread as they try to retain the White House, House and Senate in November's elections.
The loss of 2.2 million jobs since Bush took office in 2001 means they need a plan for invigorating the economy. Their chief answer has been tax cuts which appeal to the GOP's conservative and business supporters.
Yet many Republicans have become disenchanted as deficits have spun out of control. Many in the party like the idea of clamping down on spending, but omitting tax cuts from the requirement for budget savings has rankled GOP deficit hawks, raising questions about whether it will garner enough votes to pass the narrowly divided Congress.
"I'm not sure reducing taxes and cutting deficits are necessarily corollaries of each other," said moderate Rep. Michael Castle, R-Del.
Democrats hope to use the red ink as a sign of Bush's inability to manage the economy and create jobs. They mock the GOP proposal to require savings for expanded spending, but not tax cuts, as a half-measure aimed more at protecting Bush's tax agenda than reducing red ink.
"What you're doing is ignoring the elephant in the room," said Rep. John Spratt, D-S.C., referring to the exemption of tax cuts. "This is a dodge."
"They've created a mess, and now they're trying to cover their flanks," said Rep. Rahm Emanuel, D-Ill., a budget committee member.
Until they expired in 2002 after a dozen years, budget controls required lawmakers to find savings for any tax cuts or expanded benefit payments.
But that was a compromise from an era when the White House and Congress were held by different parties. With the GOP controlling both branches of government, most of its members - including Bush, House Speaker Dennis Hastert, R-Ill., and Senate Majority Leader Bill Frist, R-Tenn. - have no interest in renewing those strictures for tax cuts.
The House budget panel rejected a Democratic effort to impose the restrictions on tax cuts, also by a party-line, 24-18 vote.
Last week, Democrats teamed with GOP moderates to force through the Senate a measure applying the requirement to spending boosts and tax reductions. It would let tax cuts or spending increases go unpaid for if 60 of the 100 senators would vote accordingly.
Under the House plan, most benefit programs - excluding Social Security - would be automatically cut if increases for those programs were enacted but not paid for.
The prospects for a final House-Senate compromise are uncertain.
The House committee's budget would hold most domestic programs to the same levels as last year and give Bush the boosts he wants for defense and domestic security. Republicans defeated Democratic efforts to add spending for emergency workers and veterans while trimming tax cuts.
The budget would allow $138 billion in five-year tax cuts - including renewals of popular, expiring breaks for married couples and families with children and the expanded 10 percent tax bracket. But it would ignore Bush's effort to make permanent other tax cuts expiring later this decade, the bulk of the $1.3 trillion in 10-year tax reductions he proposed last month.
The House plan also claims to halve this year's expected record $477 billion deficit in four years, a year sooner than Bush proposed.
Like Bush's budget and a similar plan approved by the Senate last week, most deficit reduction comes not from budget cuts; rather, an assumption that a strengthening economy will produce extra federal revenue.
The budget sets guidelines for spending and taxes for the year and leaves actual changes in revenues and expenditures for later legislation.

AP-ES-03-17-04 1858EST

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

What Iraqi "Resistance"?
"Occupation? This is a liberation."
By Steven Vincent
BAGHDAD -- You probably haven't heard much about it, but around a month ago, a U.S. military base near Ramadi in the Sunni Triangle came under a mortar attack. The Americans responded with artillery, accidentally lobbing several rounds into the town itself, damaging homes, destroying livestock, but killing no civilians. Seeking to make amends, an officer went to the affected area, where he encountered a group of Iraqis armed -- not with AK-47s or RPGs -- but a lawyer preparing property-damage claims. After some negotiations, the officer agreed to compensate town residents with $70,000. "We're glad this happened," the Ramadians informed the soldier. "This way we got to know you Americans better" -- and, not incidentally, emerge from the mishap substantially wealthier.
Not every resident of the Sunni Triangle is so easily swayed by dollars, of course, but this incident -- witnessed by Steve Mumford, a journalist friend of mine -- highlights a major tactic America is using to quell anti-Coalition sentiment in the region. With direct payouts of greenbacks to aggrieved Sunnis -- or, more commonly, to tribal sheiks who then exert influence over their members -- the U.S. is literally purchasing peace and acceptance among the populace. Attacks still occur -- an IED killed a soldier near Baquba recently -- but increasing numbers of Iraqis seem more interested in American currency than American casualties. "We're simply outspending the bad guys," remarks my journalist friend. Or, as Andy Warhol once said about art, it's all about the money, honey.
I think about the army's protection payments each time I encounter news reports that attribute anti-Coalition violence to the so-called Iraqi "resistance." I picture people back home hearing about "guerrillas" and "insurgents" and thinking that America is once again fighting cadres of dedicated revolutionaries. I see them recalling the nightmare of Vietnam and sense the word "quagmire" lurking in the back of their minds. And I remember a woman in New York saying to me after my first trip to Iraq, "Why are we there? The resistance shows that Iraqis don't want us occupying their country." And I get very, very angry.
For the truth is, there is no Iraqi "resistance." Not, at least, in the traditional manner evoked by the word: a disciplined insurgency intent on seizing control of an unpopular government. In the same sense, there are no "guerrillas" forming a national liberation front on behalf of an oppressed people. Instead, Iraq is plagued by a volatile mixture of criminal gangs, tribal gunmen, and humiliated Saddamites who, for inscrutable and often conflicting reasons, pay impoverished farmers to plant roadside bombs that kill more civilians that Coalition soldiers -- and who, if the price is right, will cease their "insurgency." The country also suffers from foreign-born Islamofascists who target Iraq's Shia population in hopes of rekindling a 14-century-old sectarian war. Listening to the BBC talk of Iraqi "rebels," or reading Reuters' claptrap about "guerrilla forces," I wonder -- is there another conflict going on in this country I'm not aware of?
As I've written here before, a trip through the Sunni Triangle reveals that anti-Coalition forces lack such presumed requirements of a "resistance" movement as identifiable leaders, goals, demands, ideology, propaganda -- even a name. My journalist friend reports that military forces around Tikrit recently picked up children who were paid to paint walls with anti-American slogans. What kind of "resistance," you have to ask, needs to pay kids to scrawl its graffiti? As for the foreign terrorists, since al Qaeda began this war with a plan for pan-Islamic world domination, shouldn't the Coalition be considered the "resistance?" But that, of course, would mess with the media's conception of Iraqi "rebels" somehow involved in a righteous insurrection -- as if Baby Boomer journalists were nostalgic for the anti-imperialist struggles of their youths.
Certainly Iraqis don't see the "resistance" in such a sentimental light. Public opinion of the fedayeen and Mafia-like crime lords in the Sunni Triangle ranges from anger to contempt. "Sixty percent of the Sunnis are criminal followers of Saddam Hussein," asserts Farman Hamid, director of the Office of Human Rights in Kirkuk. "They create problems in Iraq because they have no door to the future." Argues Basran shopowner Ghattan Mohammad, "This resistance' does not fight for Iraq, only for itself."
Even in prickly Baghdad, you find similar reactions. "We keep telling the Sunnis that they are not serving their people by attacking U.S. soldiers -- Iraq's future lies with America," says Abdul Mashtaq, a director of the Iraqi Human Rights Organization. "We are proud to help the Americans in the Sunni Triangle," proclaims sheik Ali Nsayief, of the Baghdad Council of Confederated Tribes. "What kind of resistance' kills seven civilians for every U.S. soldier, then sabotages our electricity?" asks Samir Adil, head of the Worker's Communist Party. "Ninety-five percent of Iraqis do not believe in this 'resistance.'"
The unfavorability rating of foreign-born mujihedeen is even higher -- as I discovered in Basra this when I found myself stopped innumerable times by police, private security guards, and religious militiamen suspicious of my foreign appearance. "We apologize," one hotel manager said after his staff seized me in the building's lobby and took apart my bag before assuring themselves that I was American. "But Iraq is at war with the terrorists."
And therein lies my main beef with the press's use of terms like as "resistance," "guerrillas," "rebels" -- even "insurgents." By evoking the revolutionary conflicts of the last century -- and such boomer heroes as Che, Fidel, and Uncle Ho -- the media bestows legitimacy on anti-Coalition fighters that the psychopaths, black marketeers and religious fanatics neither deserve nor enjoy in Iraq. This, in turn, denies the heroism of the Iraqi people themselves: They are the true "resistance force," fighting to prevent antidemocratic forces from pitching their nation in chaos and civil war. But all this is lost on a queasy American electorate who, hearing the words "occupation" and "resistance," fears that Uncle Sam is once more acting as an imperialist oppressor. After all, the war is really about Halliburton contracts and oil, right?
How should we describe this conflict? First, we might follow the example of some Baghdadi diners I recently overheard who, when asked how they viewed the "occupation," replied, "Occupation? This is a liberation." The Coalition is a liberating power. This way, should you find yourself, as I did, talking to an anti-American lawyer in Baquba, who states "My country has been occupied by a foreign power, of course I must resist" -- you need only replace "occupied" with "liberated" to understand the pathetic quality of the ex-Baathist's patriotism and the true nature of his goals.
We might then exchange the term "guerrilla fighters" -- and its association with left-wing (and therefore "progressive") insurrections -- for the more accurate word "paramilitaries." "Paramilitaries" conjures images of anonymous killers terrorizing a populace in the name of a repressive regime -- pretty much what the fedayeen and jihadists are doing in Iraq. And while we're at it, we could end U.S.-centric press reports that describe every rocket attack or suicide bombing as a "setback to the American occupation...." These are setbacks to the Iraqi people, who are struggling to resist the paramilitary murderers and terrorists valorized by our media. Actually, if we really want to conform press coverage to the true nature of anti-Coalition forces, we should replace the word "resistance " with "reactionary criminal aggressors" -- or better yet, "fascists." It smacks of Soviet-style propaganda, I admit, but that's okay. The Communists may have been wrong about dialectical materialism, but -- unlike today's Western media -- they knew a brown shirt when they saw one.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

La "fili?re marocaine" en ligne de mire au Maroc
LEMONDE.FR | 17.03.04 | 18h22
Selon une source du gouvernement marocain, Rabat avait alert? Madrid en juin 2003 du retour en Espagne de Jamal Zougam, Marocain de Tanger ?g? de 30 ans, l'un des principaux suspects arr?t?s, mettant en garde sur son appartenance ? Al-Qaida.
Rabat est loin d'?tre inactive dans sa lutte contre les islamistes sur son territoire, leurs ramifications internationales - la "fili?re marocaine" - ?tant mises en cause dans plusieurs enqu?tes antiterroristes, dont celle li?e aux attentats de Madrid.
Soup?onn? d'?tre le vivier de terroristes ayant particip? aux grands attentats des derni?res ann?es - des attaques du 11 septembre 2001 aux Etats-Unis ? celle de Madrid jeudi -, le Maroc a aussi ?t? la cible d'attentats commis par ses propres citoyens, comme ? Casablanca le 16 mai 2003 (45 morts).
De vastes enqu?tes polici?res et judiciaires ont ?t? lanc?e dans les milieux islamistes au lendemain de ces attentats. Et une nouvelle loi antiterroriste avait ?t? adopt?e imm?diatement apr?s le 16 mai. Dans ce cadre, plus d'un millier d'islamistes ont ?t? interpell?s. Des dizaines de proc?s ont donn? lieu ? 16 peines de mort et ? de tr?s lourdes peines de prison, le plus souvent pour "pr?paration d'actes terroristes". Dans la plupart des actes d'accusation, appara?t le nom du mouvement int?griste Salafia Djihadia (salafisme combattant).
Les interpellations et les proc?s sont actuellement moins m?diatis?s, mais ils se poursuivent ? un rythme soutenu, selon tous les t?moignages recueillis. Une source polici?re a ainsi indiqu? ? l'AFP que quelque 200 arrestations ont eu lieu dans les milieux int?gristes depuis le d?but de l'ann?e 2004, dont 90 int?gristes qui fr?quentaient une m?me mosqu?e ? Tanger - la ville dont est originaire Jamal Zougam, l'un des principaux suspects dans les attentats de Madrid.
TH?SES EXTR?MISTES ET MOSQU?ES
La tuerie de Madrid a conduit au renforcement de la coop?ration s?curitaire entre le Maroc et l'Espagne, avec un ?change d'enqu?teurs de divers services de police. Les experts venus d'Espagne examinent ? la loupe les r?sultats des enqu?tes men?es apr?s les attentats de Casablanca, ? la recherche de recoupements utiles, a indiqu? une source marocaine.
Le Maroc, qui s'efforce aussi de suivre les activit?s des islamistes marocains install?s ? l'?tranger, a fait savoir qu'il avait mis en garde l'Espagne en juin 2003 sur la pr?sence ? Madrid du Tang?rois Jamal Zougam, attirant l'attention sur ses liens avec le r?seau Al-Qaida.
Les autorit?s marocaines s'efforcent aussi de lutter contre la propagation de th?ses extr?mistes via les mosqu?es, notamment dans les quartiers pauvres des grandes villes - tel que celui de Sidi Moumen, ? la p?riph?rie de Casablanca, d'o? ?taient issus les kamikazes du 16 mai 2003.
D?but f?vrier, une r?organisation du minist?re marocain charg? des affaires islamiques a ?t? d?cid?e pr?cis?ment dans ce but, selon des analyses parues dans la presse marocaine. Une nouvelle direction des mosqu?es a notamment ?t? mise en place pour veiller au suivi des programmes de pr?dication, superviser la construction des mosqu?es et assurer les formations pour les imams. "La principale mission de la direction des mosqu?es sera d'assurer un contr?le efficace des pr?ches, essentiellement ceux du vendredi", avait estim? l'universitaire Mohamed Darif, sp?cialiste des mouvements islamistes.
Avec AFP


A Tanger, l'immeuble de la famille Zougam est devenu un objet de curiosit?
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Le principal suspect des attentats de Madrid n'?tait "pas sp?cialement religieux", selon ses proches
Tanger de notre envoy?e sp?ciale
C'est une rue propre et tranquille, bord?e d'immeubles ann?es 1940 et de petites villas avec jardins : la rue Benaliem, dans le vieux quartier Marshan, voisin de la m?dina historique, est ? des ann?es-lumi?re des faubourgs mis?reux de Tanger. Ici, vit une population de condition modeste, mais suffisamment riche, malgr? tout. L'immeuble de la famille Zougam, commer?ants de p?re en fils, plus connue aujourd'hui par Jamal Zougam, le principal suspect des attentats de Madrid, se rep?re de loin. Ce mardi 16 mars, des policiers en civil, portant vestes en cuir noir et cravates, font le pied de grue devant le num?ro 19, afin de contr?ler les journalistes qui viennent aux nouvelles.
L'appartement des Zougam, situ? au rez-de-chauss?e - on le reconna?t ? ses volets gris, tous ferm?s - n'a pas encore ?t? perquisitionn?. Mais il est d?j? devenu un objet de curiosit?. "La famille a quitt? Tanger pour Madrid, quand Jamal avait dix ou douze ans. Ils revenaient tous les ?t?s au mois d'ao?t - Jamal aussi", assure un habitant de l'immeuble, un vieil homme en pantoufles, qui dit ne "toujours pas arriver ? y croire". Jamal Zougam, un terroriste ? "On l'a connu tout petit...", soupire-t-il, incr?dule. "C'?tait un fils du quartier !", rench?rit le mokkadem (vigile officieux, charg? de surveiller le quartier). Jamal Zougam "portait la barbe" et il "avait sa voiture", ajoute le voisin en pantoufles. "Sauf que, l'?t? dernier, il n'est rest? que deux jours et il ?tait ras?", corrige le mokkadem.
LE PLUS JEUNE DU TRIO
Une voisine en djellaba s'en m?le : "C'est normal qu'il ne soit pass? que deux jours. La famille a pr?f?r? passer l'?t? sur la plage, ? camper. Du coup, on ne les a pas vus." Elle aussi a ?t? "stup?faite" d'apprendre que ce fils de famille, "tout ce qu'il y a de normal" et "pas sp?cialement religieux", puisse ?tre aujourd'hui soup?onn? d'?tre l'un des poseurs de bombe de Madrid. "Ce n'est pas ici, mais en Espagne, qu'il est devenu ce qu'on dit. C'est l?-bas qu'il a grandi. A Tanger, il venait seulement pour les vacances", plaide-t-elle, la voix pleine d'inqui?tude.
Ag? de trente ans, Jamal Zougam - arr?t? et d?tenu ? Madrid - est le plus jeune du trio tang?rois soup?onn? d'?tre impliqu? dans le massacre du 11 mars.
Mohammed Chaoui (34 ans) est "son demi-fr?re", pr?cisent les voisins de la rue Benaliem, les deux hommes ayant "la m?me m?re". Quant au troisi?me comparse, Mohamed Bekkali (31 ans), bien que natif de T?touan, il a grandi dans le quartier tang?rois de B?ni Makada - "fief de la pauvret? et de l'islam", selon l'expression locale.
"Les in?galit?s sociales n'ont cess? de s'aggraver depuis ces quinze derni?res ann?es. Pourtant, ? aucun moment, ne s'est exprim?e une volont? politique pour donner une chance aux jeunes, estime le journaliste Jamal Amiar. On en voit le r?sultat. Aujourd'hui, dans le nord du Maroc, l'extr?misme se manifeste de deux fa?ons : certains choisissent la patera -barque, en espagnol ; par extension, l'?migration clandestine dans des embarcations de fortune- ; d'autres se lancent dans l'extr?misme politique, l'int?grisme et le terrorisme."
Selon le patron de l'hebdomadaire Les Nouvelles du Nord, la proximit? de la r?gion nord du Maroc avec le sud de l'Espagne - "on est ? moins d'une heure d'avion de Casablanca, comme de Madrid"- expliquerait bien des frustrations.
Il n'est qu'? fl?ner dans les rues de Tanger, o? caf?s, restaurants et salons de th? s'appellent l'Eldorado, Mexique, San Francisco, Le Petit Berlin, Oslo ou San Remo, pour mesurer la nostalgie d'un cosmopolitisme autrefois bien r?el et l'attrait toujours tenace pour l'Occident et ses mirages.
La pr?sence, massive et ostensible, de fourgons et de policiers dans les rues de Tanger ne semble pas compl?tement rassurer la population. "Si ceux qui ont commis les attentats de Madrid sont les m?mes que ceux de Casablanca -le 16 mai 2003-, c'est que quelque chose ne va pas dans notre appareil administratif en g?n?ral et dans notre mani?re de g?rer la s?curit? en particulier", remarque Jamal Amiar, fustigeant p?le-m?le "la corruption, le copinage, le laxisme et l'?-peu-pr?s, qui sont encore, h?las ! la r?gle au Maroc."
Catherine Simon

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04

La communaut? marocaine craint "les repr?sailles"
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Madrid de notre envoy? sp?cial
La plus grande partie des "r?fugi?s ?conomiques" du Maroc - qu'ils quittent le plus souvent, au p?ril de leurs vies, ? bord des pateras (barques) qui traversent de nuit le d?troit de Gibraltar - travaillent, avec ou sans papiers, en Catalogne et en Andalousie. Mais ils seraient de 100 000 ? 300 000, selon les sources, ? r?sider ? Madrid ou dans sa r?gion.
Le choc provoqu? par l'annonce de l'implication d'un r?seau marocain dans le massacre du 11 mars, qui a fait 201 morts et 1 500 bless?s ? Madrid, semble particuli?rement vif parmi la population immigr?e musulmane dont certains membres redouteraient d'?tre l'objet de "repr?sailles". Pour l'heure, aucun incident n'a ?t? signal? et, dans le quartier de Lavapi?s, le plus multiculturel de Madrid, aucune tension particuli?re n'est perceptible.
Une Alg?rienne qui r?side au c?ur de ce quartier et milite pour les droits des femmes du Maghreb - dont pr?s d'un tiers seraient sans papiers - indique pourtant que plusieurs femmes portant le foulard lui ont confi? avoir observ? un changement de regard de la part de certains passants d?s le lendemain des attentats, alors que la piste islamiste n'?tait encore qu'une hypoth?se.
"Je ne crains pas d'explosions x?nophobes, pr?cise-t-elle aussit?t, car je pense que les Espagnols, fondamentalement g?n?reux, ne sont pas aussi racistes qu'on le dit parfois, m?me si le discours anti-immigration d?velopp? par le gouvernement depuis quatre ans a d? laisser des traces dans les esprits. Le plus grave, selon moi, est le r?le de la t?l?vision publique, la t?l?-basuras (ordures), qui ne propose jamais le moindre d?bat, la moindre analyse, et utilise r?guli?rement le mot "islamistas" au lieu de "musulmanas"."
Cette m?me militante dit avoir observ?, ces deux derni?res ann?es, une transformation de Lavapi?s en "ghetto ethnique"par l'afflux d'immigr?s indiens, pakistanais et bengalis, mais aussi chinois ou s?n?galais. "Dans le m?me temps, j'ai pu remarquer certains glissements dans les tenues vestimentaires, une augmentation du nombre d'hommes portant la barbe ou de restaurants cessant brusquement de servir de l'alcool. Il est ind?niable qu'un certain pros?lytisme int?griste tente de s'enraciner dans la vie quotidienne."
AL-QAIDA, LE PIRE ENNEMI
Youssouf Fernandez, porte-parole de la F?d?ration des entit?s islamiques, un Espagnol converti ? l'islam, se d?clare "naturellement horrifi? par les attentats du 11 mars" et souligne qu'il avait d?j? "tr?s fortement d?nonc? les attaques du 11 septembre"contre les tours de New York. "Nous pensons qu'Al-Qaida est le pire ennemi du monde musulman, affirme-t-il, et nous n'avons donc pas la moindre affinit? id?ologique avec ces gens-l?." M. Fernandez ne craint pas trop d'?ventuelles violences contre la communaut? musulmane, mais il redoute que "quelques cercles de pouvoir profitent de la situation pour tenter de faire passer des lois plus dures contre l'immigration. Or, lorsqu'on refuse toute r?gularisation pour les sans-papiers, ce n'est pas les terroristes que l'on atteint mais les immigr?s".
Egalement "atterr?" par les attentats, Mustapha Al-Mrabet, pr?sident de l'Association des travailleurs et immigrants marocains en Espagne (Atime), affirme, pour sa part, que, le jour de la trag?die, son organisation a commenc? ? recevoir des appels de menace ou d'insulte, tandis que certains de ses amis se faisaient traiter de "Moros asesinos" -Maures assassins-. "On ?prouve une certaine inqui?tude qu'on ne veut pas exag?rer et on a donc lanc? un appel au calme ? nos adh?rents en leur demandant de ne surtout pas r?pondre ? des provocations."
Robert Belleret

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04
Jamal Zougam, l'homme au centre de l'enqu?te
LE MONDE | 16.03.04 | 12h43
Cit? dans l'enqu?te du juge Baltasar Garzon, Jamal Zougam est connu des services de renseignements tant en France qu'en Espagne. N? ? Tanger le 5 octobre 1973 dans un quartier pauvre, il n'?tait apparemment qu'un "second couteau" dans la cellule d'Al-Qaida d?mantel?e par le magistrat espagnol au mois de novembre 2001. Une quarantaine d'arrestations avaient ?t? effectu?es, mais seulement douze des personnes interpell?es ont ?t? inculp?es et se trouvent actuellement en d?tention pr?ventive.
Jamal Zougam fut rel?ch? sans qu'aucune charge ne soit relev?e ? son encontre. A son domicile de Madrid, les enqu?teurs avaient trouv? dans son agenda un certain nombre de num?ros de t?l?phone, dont celui du chef pr?sum? de la cellule d'Al-Qaida, Imad Eddin Barakat Yarkas, alias Abou Dahdah. Les ?coutes ont permis de savoir que Jamal Zougam avait t?l?phon? ? ce dernier le 5 septembre 2001.
Furent ?galement saisies dans son appartement des cassettes vid?o sur la lutte arm?e au Daghestan dans lesquelles apparaissent plusieurs noms, dont ceux d'Abou Moughen (Salaheddin Benyaich) et Abdelaziz Benyaich, tous deux connus comme "les fr?res afghans" pour leur combat men? aux c?t?s des talibans. Tous deux sont emprisonn?s, l'un en Espagne, l'autre au Maroc, en relation avec les attentats de Casablanca.
Il n'a pas ?t? ?tabli si Jamal Zougam a particip? ? la fameuse r?union de Tarragone, en juillet 2001, au cours de laquelle furent coordonn?s les attentats du 11 septembre et ? laquelle particip?rent notamment Mohammed Atta et le Y?m?nite Ramzi Ben Al-Chaiba. Cependant, il semble bien qu'il connaissait certains des protagonistes, notamment Amer Azizi, dont le num?ro de t?l?phone figurait dans son agenda.
En revanche, Jamal Zougam a s?journ? au Maroc avant les attentats de Casablanca qui ont eu lieu le 16 mai. Il est rentr? en Espagne au mois d'avril. Etait-il dans l'un des trains qui ont explos? le 11 mars ? Madrid, comme l'affirment deux t?moins, selon El Pais ?
Les enqu?teurs essaient de l'?tablir, comme ils tentent de retracer l'itin?raire de cet homme arr?t? en compagnie de Mohammed Chaoui, qui serait son demi-fr?re et qui, lui aussi, r?sidait dans le quartier populaire de Lavapi?s. Tous deux auraient ?t? recrut?s par les fr?res Benyaich, dont les liens avec Abou Moussa Al-Zarkaoui sont, para?t-il, av?r?s.
Michel B?le-Richard

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 17.03.04

Madrid et Rabat veulent tourner la page des ann?es de crise
LE MONDE | 16.03.04 | 12h43
Les relations avec le Maroc seront "une priorit?" de la politique ext?rieure espagnole, a d?clar?, lundi 15 mars, au cours d'une conf?rence de presse, Jos? Luis Rodriguez Zapatero. Et le futur pr?sident du gouvernement espagnol d'ajouter : "Je suis convaincu que nous allons ouvrir une ?tape de bonnes relations (. ..). Nous sommes deux pays voisins, avec d'intenses relations historiques, avec des int?r?ts ?conomi-ques et culturels. Il va de soi que nous avons besoin d'une bonne relation."
Comme en ?cho ? ces bonnes dispositions des socialistes espagnols, qui devraient se traduire par une prochaine visite de M. Zapatero ? Rabat, les autorit?s marocaines se pr?parent ? r?pondre par un geste symbolique fort. Alors que juifs et chr?tiens se retrouveront mardi apr?s-midi ? la cath?drale de Rabat pour une c?r?monie ? la m?moire des victimes des attentats de Madrid, le roi Mohammed VI pourrait participer ? la c?r?monie, laisse-t-on entendre dans la capitale du royaume.
Que les responsables marocains aient invit? des journalistes espagnols ? venir couvrir l'?v?nement t?moigne que l'op?ration a aussi un objectif politique ? un moment o? le gouvernement espagnol change de couleur politique.
Paradoxalement, le Maroc entretient de meilleures relations avec une Espagne gouvern?e par la gauche que par la droite. Ce qui ?tait vrai du temps de Hassan II et du socialiste Felipe Gonzalez, l'est rest? avec le couple Mohammed VI-Jos? Maria Aznar, particuli?rement au cours de la seconde l?gislature de celui-ci.
Les sujets de friction entre les deux pays n'ont pas manqu?. Le plus s?rieux a ?t? l'affaire de l'?lot Persil (Perejil), minuscule ?lot inhabit?, sous contr?le espagnol mais pos? ? quelques centaines de m?tres des c?tes du nord du royaume ch?rifien. Les gendarmes marocains l'ont investi par surprise en juillet 2002 avant de s'en faire chasser, quelques jours plus tard, par les militaires espagnols.
Du coup, il faudra attendre l'ann?e 2003 pour que les rela-tions diplomatiques entre les deux pays connaissent un d?gel suffisant pour d?boucher, quelques mois plus tard, sur une visite de Jos? Maria Aznar ? Rabat. Mais les retrouvailles furent des plus ti?des.
Le Sahara occidental a ?galement ?t? le pr?texte de plusieurs crispations diplomatiques. Rabat a fait de la r?cup?ration du Sahara occidental la priorit? de sa diplomatie. Or, autant la France s'est align?e sur le Maroc et a fait sien le principe de la "marocanit?" des "provinces du Sud" - ce qui revient ? ent?riner l'int?gration au royaume ch?rifien du Sahara occidental -, autant l'Espagne, l'ancienne puissance coloniale dans la r?gion, d?fend une position moins partisane privil?giant une m?diation des Nations unies.
La recrudescence de l'arriv?e d'immigrants ill?gaux partis du Maroc a ajout? au contentieux. Pour Madrid, si des milliers de Marocains ou de Subsahariens tentent, au p?ril de leur vie, de rejoindre le territoire espagnol, soit depuis les c?tes du Sahara occidental (en direction des ?les Canaries), soit depuis le nord du royaume, c'est d'abord parce que les autorit?s marocaines laissent faire quand elles ne se rendent pas complices des passeurs. Les images de cadavres de candidats ? l'?migration ?chou?s sur les c?tes espagnoles n'a pas peu fait pour d?grader l'image du Maroc de l'autre c?t? de la M?diterran?e
De fa?on paradoxale, ces crises ? r?p?tition, ces successions de brouilles n'ont pas pes? sur les relations ?conomiques entre les deux pays, qui sont satisfaisantes. Avec quelque 700 entreprises install?es au Maroc et pr?s de 2 milliards d'euros d'exportations annuelles (sans compter la contrebande tr?s active via Ceuta et Melilla), Madrid reste, derri?re la France, un partenaire ?conomique majeur du royaume ch?rifien.
Jean-Pierre Tuquoi

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 17.03.04

10 000 condamn?s ? mort seraient ex?cut?s chaque ann?e en Chine
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Dix mille personnes sont condamn?es et ex?cut?es en Chine chaque ann?e. Cette information, qui ?mane d'un d?put? chinois, constitue un pr?c?dent : jamais un chiffre semi-officiel sur la peine capitale n'avait ?t? publi? en Chine. La teneur de cet aveu va par ailleurs au-del? des estimations sur les chiffres d'ex?cutions g?n?ralement publi?s par les organisations ind?pendantes de d?fense des droits de l'homme.
Dans l'?dition de fin de semaine du Quotidien de la jeunesse de Chine, Chen Zhonglin, le d?l?gu? de la municipalit? de Chongqing, dans le Sud-Ouest, vient en effet de d?clarer qu'il "y a environ chaque ann?e 10 000 cas de peine de mort suivis d'ex?cutions imm?diates, soit cinq fois plus que tous les autres pays combin?s".
Consid?r?e comme le pays qui a le plus recours ? la peine capitale, la Chine avait jusque-l? maintenu le secret sur le nombre d'ex?cutions qui ont lieu chaque ann?e sur son territoire. Il arrive que les autorit?s fassent publiquement ?tat de la mise ? mort de trafiquants de drogue, de cadres corrompus ou de tueurs en s?rie, mais celles-ci sont loin de repr?senter le nombre total de condamn?s ? mort pass?s par les armes.
Amnesty International elle-m?me n'avait d?nombr? pour l'ann?e 2002 "que" 1 060 ex?cutions publiquement annonc?es, m?me si l'organisation des droits de l'homme bas?e ? Londres affirmait que ce chiffre ?tait sous-?valu? par rapport ? la r?alit?. L'association internationale contre la peine de mort Hands off Cain avait de son c?t? estim? qu'il y en avait eu plus de 3 000 la m?me ann?e.
"B?N?FIQUE AU D?VELOPPEMENT"
En 1987, Amnesty affirmait que plus de 6 000 personnes avaient ?t? ex?cut?es, soit plus que dans le reste du monde durant la m?me p?riode. Et durant les trois premiers mois de 2001, ? titre de comparaison avec les chiffres que la m?me organisation avance pour l'ann?e suivante, Amnesty soutenait que 1 781 personnes avaient ?t? ex?cut?es en Chine, soit plus que le total des ex?cutions tous pays confondus durant une p?riode semblable...
Une porte-parole du minist?re chinois des affaires ?trang?res avait r?cemment d?clar? que l'application ou le maintien de la peine de mort d?pendait des int?r?ts du pays. "Il faut voir si -la peine capitale- est b?n?fique au d?veloppement g?n?ral et ?conomique du pays, et ? sa stabilit? sociale", avait estim? Mme Zhang Qiyue.
Le m?me d?put? Chen Zhonglin, dans une proposition soumise la semaine derni?re lors de la session annuelle de l'Assembl?e nationale du peuple (ANP), avait sugg?r?, avec une quarantaine d'autres d?put?s, que seule la Cour supr?me, la plus haute juridiction du pays, devrait ?tre autoris?e en dernier ressort ? prononcer la peine de mort. En r?ponse, vient d'indiquer un quotidien de P?kin, le pr?sident de la Cour supr?me a d?clar? qu'il entendait que soient rendus ? cette derni?re "les droits d'approuver et de d?cider de la peine capitale".
D?sormais, le droit de d?cider de la peine de mort est en effet entre les mains des quelque 300 tribunaux locaux, ou cours interm?diaires populaires, r?partis dans les 31 provinces chinoises. Cet appel, pour l'instant th?orique, au retour ? un contr?le de la Cour supr?me sur cette question, r?duirait, soulignent des experts, le nombre de condamn?s ex?cut?s chaque ann?e.
Bruno Philip

* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04

La France et l'Allemagne soutiennent une meilleure coordination entre Europ?ens
LE MONDE | 17.03.04 | 13h01
Bruxelles d?nonce un manque de "volont? politique"
La france et l'Allemagne ont appel? ? leur tour, mardi 16 mars, au renforcement de la coop?ration europ?enne en mati?re de terrorisme. A Paris, au cours d'une conf?rence de presse commune, Jacques Chirac et Gerhard Schr?der ont confirm? que le prochain sommet europ?en, qui se tiendra les 25 et 26 mars ? Bruxelles, examinera les mesures ? prendre pour relancer le plan d'action de l'Union europ?enne contre le terrorisme, adopt? en septembre 2001 au lendemain des attentats de New York et de Washington.
"Toute l'Europe, ind?pendamment de ses d?cisions en mati?re de politique ?trang?re et de s?curit?, est devenue le th??tre d'actes terroristes. Nous devons, ensemble, Europ?ens, faire face ? ce terrorisme et lutter contre lui", a d?clar? le chancelier allemand. Les deux dirigeants ont ?galement insist? sur la n?cessit?, pour lutter efficacement, de s'attaquer aux sources du mal, les conflits et le sous-d?veloppement.
Concr?tement, le pr?sident fran?ais a indiqu? que les Europ?ens devaient, en plus des mesures prises au niveau national, "mieux encore coordonner nos services de renseignement et de police, ainsi que nos justices". Interrog? sur l'id?e d'une agence de renseignement europ?enne, propos?e par l'Autriche, M. Schr?der a jug? qu'une telle hypoth?se "rel?ve encore d'une lointaine th?orie". "Je ne saurais l'exclure, mais pour le moment il faut d'abord et avant tout renforcer la coop?ration des services existants dans la lutte contre le terrorisme", a-t-il dit.
En r?ponse aux critiques sur l'insuffisance des ?changes d'informations entre services nationaux, M. Chirac a estim? que la coop?ration s'?tait "consid?rablement renforc?e depuis un an, un an et demi". Selon lui, "les r?serves que l'on avait l'habitude, historiquement, de conna?tre entre les grands services ont tout ? fait disparu". Ces critiques sont pourtant de plus en plus nombreuses. La cha?ne de t?l?vision publique allemande ARD, ?voquant des sources internes ? la police criminelle allemande, a affirm? mardi que les responsables espagnols avaient ? deux reprises, apr?s les attentats de Madrid, induit en erreur l'officier de liaison allemand sur le type d'explosif utilis?. Le ministre de l'int?rieur, Otto Schily, s'?tait plaint lui-m?me, dimanche, d'une coop?ration insuffisante.
A Bruxelles, Reijo Kemppinen, porte-parole du pr?sident de la Commission, Romano Prodi, a regrett? que r?gne "une certaine culture du secret" qui se r?v?le trop souvent "contre-productive". "Les Etats membres, a-t-il dit, doivent apprendre ? faire confiance aux institutions europ?ennes et aux autres Etats."
Dans ses recommandations pour le sommet, la Commission a demand?, mardi, que les textes adopt?s par l'Union soient mieux appliqu?s et que ceux qui sont encore sur la table du conseil soient adopt?s en toute priorit?. Quelles que soient les mesures prises par l'Union, elles seront sans effet sans "la volont? politique des Etats membres de prendre leurs engagements au s?rieux", a soulign? M. Kemppinen.
La Commission a ?galement propos? l'adoption, en attendant la future Constitution, d'une "d?claration de solidarit?" par laquelle l'Union et les Etats membres s'engageront ? agir "conjointement dans un esprit de solidarit? si un Etat membre est l'objet d'une attaque terroriste".
Henri de Bresson et Thomas Ferenczi ? Bruxelles


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

"L'Europe prot?gera ses citoyens"
"Face ? la menace et dans le respect des libert?s et de l'Etat de droit, l'Europe prot?gera ses citoyens. Cette exigence sera au c?ur des travaux du prochain Conseil europ?en", a d?clar? Jacques Chirac mardi ? Paris.
"La communaut? internationale doit se rassembler pour lutter contre le terrorisme, a continu? le chef de l'Etat. Mais soyons lucides. Nous devons aussi nous rassembler pour mettre un terme aux conflits qui alimentent la col?re et la frustration des peuples, pour lutter contre la mis?re, l'humiliation et l'injustice qui sont des terreaux de la violence. Nous devons choisir l'espoir, la solidarit?, le dialogue et notamment le dialogue des cultures contre la pr?tendue fatalit? d'un choc des civilisations."


* ARTICLE PARU DANS L'EDITION DU 18.03.04
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> OH- THOSE SENSITIVE LIBYANS?
Libya Disappointed by Nuclear Show, Official Says
Tue Mar 16, 2004 04:15 PM ET
By Louis Charbonneau
WASHINGTON (Reuters) - Washington offended Libya with its display of the north African nation's dismantled nuclear weapons, an official close to the United Nations nuclear watchdog said on Tuesday.
The White House displayed for the media on Monday components flown out of Tripoli in late January under a sudden Libyan agreement to rid itself of weapons of mass destruction.
"Libya was quite unhappy with this dog-and-pony show because it hurts them domestically (and) in the Arab world," said the senior official close to the U.N. watchdog, the International Atomic Energy Agency.
"It looks like unilateral U.S. disarmament of Libya and Libya wants it recognized as disarmament under the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and IAEA auspices," the Vienna-based official added.
The White House insists the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq -- and the example of the toppling of Saddam Hussein -- played an important part in persuading Libya to disarm.
U.S. officials have also sounded out journalists' interest in a second show -- this time of a batch of larger program parts being shipped from Libya to the United States.
IRAQ WAR ANNIVERSARY
The visit to the Oak Ridge complex, where the United States developed the original atomic bombs in World War II, came in a week in which the Bush administration is marking the one-year anniversary of its invasion of Iraq.
President Bush is under heavy election-year fire over the failure to find weapons of mass destruction in Iraq, his main justification for going to war.
After Libya's Dec. 19 announcement that it would give up its weapons of mass destruction programs and allow international experts to disarm it, diplomats close to the IAEA said Tripoli had been harshly criticized in the Arab-language press for its sudden warming toward Washington and London.
"Libya was very sensitive to this criticism," a diplomat said.
IAEA chief Mohamed ElBaradei has made two trips to Libya since Dec. 19 and his agency has been overseeing the dismantling of Tripoli's unsuccessful nuclear arms program.
One Western diplomat in Vienna who follows the IAEA closely recently told Reuters that it was obvious Washington was trying to "spin" Libya's decision to come clean as the result of the Iraq war -- and not as part of a long process that began with Tripoli's decision to accept responsibility for Lockerbie.
He said Libya's decision was probably influenced by Iraq, but had more to do with a decade and a half of diplomatic isolation and harsh economic sanctions. (Additional reporting by Saul Hudson)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

? Copyright Reuters 2004. All rights reserved.

>> THOSE SENSITIVE NORKS?

N. Korea increasing 'nuclear deterrent'
By SANG-HUN CHOE
ASSOCIATED PRESS WRITER
SEOUL, South Korea -- North Korea declared it is strengthening its "nuclear deterrent," raising the stakes Wednesday in its standoff with South Korea and the United States.
South Korea's interim leader called for a stronger alliance with Washington, dismissing a claim by the North that the South's parliamentary impeachment of President Roh Moo-hyun last week reflected U.S. interference to "install an ultra-right pro-U.S. regime" in Seoul.
With the unprecedented impeachment spawning uncertainty, South Korea has ordered heightened military vigilance against the North. It is also going ahead with annual joint military exercises with the United States, scheduled to begin Sunday, to test the allies' defense readiness.
Pyongyang on Wednesday accused Seoul of "kicking up a racket of confrontation with the North."
"This attitude ... is a grave provocation to the compatriots in the North," said North Korea's Committee for the Peaceful Reunification of the Fatherland, a government agency handling relations with the South.
There are fears that Pyongyang may use the South's leadership crisis to stall six-nation nuclear talks aimed at defusing the nuclear standoff.
North Korea said Wednesday it was strengthening its "nuclear deterrent" - its term for nuclear weapons development.
The North blamed the United States for the lack of breakthroughs in last month's six-nation talks, and accused Washington of raising tensions on the Korean peninsula by holding the joint military exercises.
Washington and Seoul say the annual drills, which run through March 28, are routine exercises.
"The Korean people, who consider independence to be their life and soul, are keeping a close eye on the U.S. moves, while further strengthening the self-defense nuclear deterrent to cope with them," said North Korea's official news agency, KCNA.
A second round of six-nation talks ended in Beijing in late February with little progress. Washington insisted on a "complete, verifiable and irreversible dismantling" of all the North's nuclear facilities. Pyongyang said it would dismantle its nuclear programs only if the United States provides economic aid and security guarantees.
The talks involved the United States, the two Koreas, China, Russia and Japan. They agreed to meet again by July.
Prime Minister Goh Kun - who is leading South Korea's government until the Constitutional Court rules on whether to oust Roh or to restore his suspended presidential powers - moved quickly to dismiss the North's threats.
Amid political uncertainty, "establishing a solid security posture is more important than anything else," Goh said in a speech Wednesday at the Air Force Academy's graduation ceremony.
"We must further strengthen our alliance with the United States," he said.
South Korea's parliament voted Friday to impeach Roh for alleged election-law violations and incompetence. The Constitutional Court has 180 days to rule.
North Korea has bitterly denounced the impeachment, initiated by South Korea's conservative opposition - which favors a tougher stance toward the North.
"The U.S. is chiefly to blame for the incident," KCNA said. "The U.S. egged the South Korean political quacks, obsessed by the greed for power, on to stage such incident in a bid to install an ultra-right pro-U.S. regime there."
About 1,500 people protested the impeachment Wednesday night in Seoul. The number of protesters was sharply lower than the 50,000 who gathered over the weekend to hold candles and chant for Roh's reinstatement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------

Analyst says Al-Qaida may attack by sea
By D'ARCY DORAN
ASSOCIATED PRESS WRITER
SINGAPORE -- The al-Qaida terror network likely is planning an unprecedented maritime attack, hitting targets on land with ships carrying chemical, biological or dirty bomb weapons, a defense analyst said Wednesday.
The terrorist network could easily exploit weaknesses in shipping companies' crew selection procedures by planting sleeper agents on vessels to eventually seize them, said Michael Richardson, a senior researcher at Singapore's Institute of Southeast Asian Studies who writes extensively on Asian security issues.
"The al-Qaida network has serious maritime terrorism plans," Richardson told diplomats, academics and defense officials at the institute.
Singapore's Coordinating Security Minister Tony Tan has warned repeatedly since November that there is a "very serious" risk of terrorists using ships to attack the city-state.
Such an attack could have come sooner if it wasn't so difficult to procure a nuclear device and if al-Qaida's operations chief, Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, and its head of naval operations, Abd al-Rahim al-Nashiri hadn't been arrested, Richardson said.
"Sooner or later, al-Qaida or one of its affiliates will make and detonate a radiological bomb, whether it's in a ship or a shipping container," he said.
"If you look at how relatively easy it is to get the materials, put them together and make them go bang, and look at the motivation, terrorism is going to get bigger and it's going to get worse," he added.
A prime target would be Singapore - or any of the world's 40 largest port cities - or key international shipping straits and canals, Richardson said.
Al-Qaida operatives could easily get jobs on ships by buying fake seafarer credentials, which are widely available, he said.
But al-Qaida's past pattern of disciplined, coordinated attacks makes it unlikely that the network will risk hijacking a ship, or seeking help from pirates outside of its circle of zealots, he said.
The network has already demonstrated its willingness to attack sea targets with suicide attacks on the destroyer USS Cole in 2000 and the French oil tanker Limburg in 2002, Richardson said. In both attacks, suicide bombers detonated small explosive-laden boats next to vessels off the coast of Yemen.
Singapore, a close Washington ally, also claims to have foiled a plot by the al-Qaida linked Jemaah Islamiyah terror group to blow up, among other Western targets, a U.S. Naval facility in the island nation. The city-state has detained 37 terror suspects since 2001.
Jemaah Islamiyah is also blamed for the 2002 Bali bombings that killed 202 and an August 2003 suicide bombing at the J.W. Marriott Hotel in Jakarta that killed 12.

On the Net:

Maritime Terror Report: www.iseas.edu.sg/viewpoint.html


Posted by maximpost at 9:05 PM EST
Updated: Wednesday, 17 March 2004 9:20 PM EST
Permalink
Tuesday, 16 March 2004

>> QUOTE A FRIEND - "This intelligence failure is further magnified by the ease with which the terrorists were able to carry out their attack. They had no need of aircraft, suicide bombers, wads of cash or even box-cutters - only very simply to buy Spanish-manufactured explosives, stuff them into ten ordinary bags and leave them on the targeted trains."


Who's Next after Madrid?
DEBKAfile Special Analysis
March 13, 2004, 10:31 PM (GMT+02:00)
Officially, Spain's political parties cut short their election campaign three days before polling in deference to the agony and shock of the most brutal terrorist attack since the 9/11 assaults on New York and Washington. Thursday, March 11, three crowded commuter trains were blown up in Madrid, killing 199, injuring 1,400, and changing Spain overnight. In reality the campaign never stopped. By harping on the Basque terrorist movement ETA as the culprit of the outrage, the Aznar government hoped to drum up votes for the ruling PP - Popular Party's bid for reelection on Sunday, March 14.
It also left the investigators at sea in a probe of vital importance to the global war on terror.
The government's reasoning went like this: If ETA is proved to be behind the attack - which the group categorically denies - the PP's tough campaign against the Basque radicals would triumph and Mariano Rajoy would breeze in to the prime minister's office in place of the retiring Jose Maria Aznar.
If, on the other hand, it was orchestrated by Muslim extremists - al Qaeda or its associates - the ruling party would be held to account for stirring up Muslim wrath by backing Washington in Iraq. The opposition Socialist leader Jose Luis Rodriguez Zapatero catered to the war's unpopularity by promising if elected to bring the 1,300-strong Spanish force home from Iraq.
In the debate before terrorists hit Madrid, the conservative PP attempted to tar Zapatero as conniving with the hated ETA terrorists in clandestine meetings with its leaders in France and promises to engage them in negotiations if a Socialist-led government was returned.
Thursday's attacks cast a cloud of uncertainty over all these calculations. Yet the Aznar government refused to budge, insisting ETA committed the horrendous act, even as millions of grief-stricken Spaniards, including many Basques, marched against nameless terrorism.
Witnesses saw three shadowy figures bringing bags to one of the trains attacked from a stolen van found to contain detonators and taped Koran verses. The placing of ten explosive devices at four different stations in Madrid would have required many more personnel than ETA is believed to command after being decimated by mass arrests.
Yet interior minister Angel Acebes declared Friday, March 12: "So far, none of the intelligence services or security forces we have contacted has provided reliable information to the effect that it could have been an Islamic terrorist organization."
A few hours later, five suspects were rounded up in connection with a cell phone inside an explosives-packed bag found on one of the trains. Three were Moroccans, two described as Spaniards of "Hindu" origin. Still, the minister refused to assume anything. Police are investigating all avenues, he said.
By clinging to its campaign line against all odds, the Spanish government risked prejudicing an inquiry of fateful import for the rest of Europe and the West at large in ways that should be obvious:

A. The first hours after a terrorist attack, or any murderous crime, hold the key to the inquiry and its successful solution, because only then are the evidence and clues still fresh and untainted on the scene. The interference of Spanish politicians, or, worse, their attempt to prejudge the investigation's outcome, may well have thrown the counter-terrorist and intelligence investigators off-course before they got started. In those first precious hours, the terrorists might have messed up the evidence and made good their escape, removing any leads to their network. This network would have been left free to carry out its next deadly attack.

B. The findings of the Spanish inquiry are tensely awaited by European and US governments. Their counter-terrorist and intelligence services, which labor in al Qaeda's threatening shadow, need every scrap of authentic information to enable them to prepare for the worst. No one believes the Spanish government's insistence on ETA as the culprit. It is a fact that security has been stepped up in France, Portugal, Italy, Greece, Poland and Britain, among others, all gearing up for al Qaeda's next onslaught.

C. The drama of such events inevitably draws in seekers of limelight. The London-based Al Kuds al Araby newspaper claimed to have received an e-mailed letter from a group affiliated to al Qaeda which assumed responsibility for the Spanish train attack and announced that preparations for attacking the United States were 90 percent complete.

According to DEBKAfile's counter-terror sources, US and Israeli intelligence services refute the provenance of this letter after checking it out.

D. The line the Spanish government has taken with regard to the inquiry into the Madrid outrages ignores al Qaeda's operational roots in Spain and its strong ideological foundation in Europe at large, which points inexorably to the fundamentalists' next targets as being Italy, Britain and the United States.

DEBKAfile's counter-terror experts emphasize that Osama bin Laden's terrorist movement makes no secret of its plans, priorities or motives. They are all laid out - in English too - in a plethora of print and internet publications. While difficult reading for Westerners, who find it hard to take the florid phrasing and outrageous aspirations seriously, such publications are the daily fare of tens of millions of Muslims around the world, almost in the same way a daily newspaper may be part of an ordinary Westerner's routine.
According to data gathered by our experts, from December 2002, three months before the US invasion of Iraq, al Qaeda began issuing a stream of fatwas designating its main operating theatres in Europe. Spain was on the list, but not the first.

1. Turkey was first. Islamic fundamentalists were constrained to recover the honor and glory of the Ottoman caliphates which were trampled by Christian forces in 1917 in the last days of World War I.

2. Spain followed. There, al Qaeda set Muslims the goal of recovering their lost kingdom in Andalusia.

3. Italy and its capital were third. Muslim fundamentalists view Rome as a world center of heresy because of the Vatican and the Pope.

4. Vienna came next because the advancing Muslim armies were defeated there in 1683 before they could engulf the heart of Europe.

These aspirations are far from being restricted to a lunatic fringe of radical Islam. The Arab world's most popular television preacher, Yusouf Kardawi, whom DEBKAfile has mentioned before, subscribes to the same agenda in his sermons over al Jazeera - with one difference. Whereas al Qaeda aims to "liberate" Turkey, Spain, Italy and Israel by force of arms, Kardawi who addresses the masses from a studio in Qatar just a few hundred yards from American Central Command HQ, advocates persuasion.
However strangely these decrees and teachings may fall on the ears of their targets, there is no option but to try and make sense of them in order to understand the force driving an inhumanly ruthless enemy. The logic behind this philosophy is capable of attaining a perfect match between its injunctions and the actions of its faithful in practice.
November 2003 saw two terrorist outbreaks in Istanbul that claimed 63 lives and injured more than 600. Tuesday, March 10, the day of the attacks in Madrid, al Qaeda continued its deadly cycle in Istanbul by sending two suicide killers to a building on the Asian side of the city housing a Masonic lodge. Armed with a bomb belt and gas canisters they planned to go up to the conference chamber and set it alight during a meeting. The members would have burned to death. It so happened that the lodge meeting was postponed at the last minute. The bombers blew themselves up at the door of an empty restaurant, killing a waiter.
Since last year, Al Qaeda has been able to spread its operational wings through many countries by linking up with local affiliates or sympathizers - either as accomplices or surrogates. In Turkey, they rely on the Muslim radical IBDA/C.
A similar pattern of operation repeated itself on March 2 in the massacre of 271 Shiites in the Iraqi cities of Karbala and Baghdad. Another thousand or more were injured. A dozen suicide bombers whose identity eludes investigation to this day were used, but the logistical structure that made an offensive on this scale possible must have numbered hundreds of locals.
The offensive against Shiite Muslims is set to a timetable that is separate from al Qaeda's European planning. It belongs to the history of Muslim internecine warfare and is governed by a different set of fatwas.
In Madrid, as in Istanbul, al Qaeda most probably operated through or with the help of local terrorist organizations, possibly even young radical members of ETA, members of the half million Muslim population of Spain or terrorists from its former North African colonies.
This expanded infrastructure, straddling many target countries, also enables al Qaeda to multiply the number of deaths it is capable of inflicting in each individual attack. In the last four months, bin Laden's organization has managed to take 533 lives and maimed more than 3,000. The organization has pushed out the limits of the scale and diversity of its operations substantially since the 9/11 catastrophe in America.
On the same day as the Madrid trains were blown up, the Americans launched Operation Mountain Storm against "high value" al Qaeda and Taliban targets in the mountains between Afghanistan and Pakistan. It does not escape observers that while al Qaeda is capable of assaults on five fronts at least - Iraq, Turkey, Spain Kashmir and Saudi Arabia, the US global offensive against terror is limited to a single front, which too is far from the fundamentalists' most active current arena.
Where do the United States and Britain stand on al Qaeda's time table?
Its religious edicts dictate the "liberation" (by terrorism) of lands once under Muslim rule. Turkey and Spain were therefore placed ahead of London, Paris and Berlin. Israel is doubly anathemized as a Jewish state established in a country once governed by Muslims. Rome ought to come next, although the fatwas allow some flexibility to meet changing circumstances and enable al Qaeda to strike where least expected.
Bin Laden and the leadership group of his organization have been arguing over their next directions. Their debate is conceptual between those who advocate building up Islamic fundamentalist gains in Europe before turning to America and those who see Europe as a springboard to the United States. Bin Laden has issued a fatwa deciding the issue: the organization is instructed to strike simultaneously on both continents.





---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
>> OUR FRIENDS IN INTERIOR...


washingtonpost.com
Report Critical of Interior Official
Inspector General Calls Deputy Secretary's Dealings Troubling but Not Illegal

By Rick Weiss
Washington Post Staff Writer
Wednesday, March 17, 2004; Page A23
An 18-month investigation by the Interior Department's inspector general has found multiple instances in which Deputy Interior Secretary J. Steven Griles had dealings with energy and mining industry clients of his former lobbying firm even as he continued to receive income from the firm's owner.
Among the actions detailed in the report was a dinner party Griles arranged for department officials at the home of his former lobbying partner, who was still paying Griles for his share of the company and who had mining and energy company clients with pending business before the department; a case in which one of Griles's former clients received preferential treatment for department contracts; and an instance in which Griles contacted Environmental Protection Agency officials regarding some of his former clients' efforts to gain coalbed methane extraction concessions in the Powder River basin of Wyoming and Montana.
The report sought only to lay out the facts and did not conclude that Griles, who assumed his post in July 2001, broke any law or was a party to conflicts of interest or ethics violations. The Office of Government Ethics, in reviewing the findings, said that, with two possible exceptions, Griles did not violate ethics rules.
But the inspector general made clear he was troubled by Griles's actions and by the inaction of the department's ethics office, which, he concluded, did a very poor job of helping Griles avoid the appearance of conflicts of interest until an "onslaught of public criticism erupted."
In the end, Inspector General Earl E. Devaney said in his transmittal letter to Interior Secretary Gale A. Norton, the American people may never get "a sound legal conclusion" on Griles's complex activities inside and outside government. But even "mere appearances" of conflict can seriously erode the public trust, he said.
"This is only one in a series of cases in which we have observed an institutional failure" to consider the appearance of conflicts of interest by Interior Department employees and officials, Devaney noted in his letter. "It is my hope, however, that [the Griles case] may be the case that changes the ethical culture in the Department."
In a letter to Sen. Joseph I. Lieberman (D-Conn.), who initiated one aspect of the investigation, Devaney said the Office of Government Ethics left open the possibility that in two instances Griles did violate ethics rules. The office referred those two cases to Norton. But Norton said yesterday that she considers the cases closed.
In a statement, Norton said she was "pleased that Deputy Secretary Griles has been cleared of the allegations that have been raised against him over the past two years."
Norton noted that Griles has already conceded that "he should have used better judgement" when, soon after his arrival at Interior, he organized a dinner party for department officials and his former lobbying partner, Marc Himmelstein -- especially given that, as a condition of his Senate confirmation, Griles had signed at least three agreements to avoid such dealings for up to six years.
Since then, Griles "has taken a number of steps to strengthen ethics screening in his office," Norton said. "This closes the issue. I'm glad that we can now put these allegations behind us."
Griles released a brief written statement in which he said he was "gratified" by the report's conclusions, which he described as a final determination "that I have adhered to the ethics law and rules."
Others read the report differently.
"The inspector general's report is damning. It uncovers regular and consistent breaches of Griles's ethics agreements and, more importantly, blatant violations of the public's trust," said Kristen Sykes of Friends of the Earth, the environmental group that helped trigger the investigation after it obtained Griles's meeting calendar through the Freedom of Information Act. "If this White House is serious about ethics and accountability, Griles should be dismissed immediately."
In an unusual arrangement, Griles is receiving payments of more than $1 million over four years from his former partner in the lobbying firm while serving as deputy secretary.
The report bluntly outlines the many roadblocks it faced in its effort to determine whether Griles had violated ethics rules. Foremost among them was an inability to ascertain exactly which companies had been -- or still are -- clients of Griles's former lobbying firm. Lacking adequate records, the inspectors had to rely on Griles himself and a few others with stakes in the investigation's outcome to tell them about those relationships.
That effort was challenged by "an unanticipated lack of personal and institutional memory; conflicting recollections; [and] poor record-keeping," the report stated, adding: "When we interviewed the Deputy Secretary and discussed our efforts to discern the status of his client list, he commented simply, 'Good luck.' "
Some of the questioned meetings concerned industry proposals and demands for concessions or exemptions from regulations pertaining to, among other matters, offshore natural gas exploration, air pollution and mining -- each involving substantial corporate revenue.
When investigators questioned these meetings, Griles provided various explanations. He said that some of the meetings were strictly "social"; that he was unaware client firms would be present at others; that he had not represented the firms on the particular matters being discussed.
Some of his assertions were corroborated by Interior Department colleagues and officers of the firms, but others were contradicted, with no resolution by the investigators.
The report said Griles took part in deliberations and meetings concerning three former clients -- Chevron, Shell and Aera (a Shell subsidiary) -- regarding their lawsuit against the government seeking access to natural gas fields they had leased in the Gulf of Mexico and off the coast of California. Griles also discussed the issue with the chief of staff of Florida Gov. Jeb Bush (R), the president's brother, who opposed the industry's plan, according to the report.
Although Griles had formally recused himself from dealings regarding Shell and Chevron, he said after being questioned that he had listed these companies erroneously on his recusal form. He said he had not lobbied for Chevron, for example, despite signing a contract while still at his firm that identified him as the firm's principal contact with Chevron, and despite having been listed as a Chevron lobbyist in filings with ethics offices.
The firm amended its forms to delete Griles's name after the controversy arose over his Interior Department meetings. The Office of Government Ethics accepted the assertion that he had not lobbied for the companies.
Griles told investigators he could not explain why Chevron's first six payments to his firm for lobbying included the annotation, "attn.: Steve Griles." He said at first that his meetings with Aera were permitted because his recusal did not apply to subsidiaries; later he said he was never aware that Aera was owned by Shell, according to the report.
Another possible conflict involved former client Advanced Power Technologies Inc. (APTI), which was lobbying the government for imaging technology contracts.
The report found that officials at the Bureau of Land Management's National Interagency Fire Center in Boise, Idaho, worked closely -- and improperly -- with the company, sharing information that gave APTI vital information about how much money the government was willing to spend, and providing specific details that ensured only APTI could win the contract.
Although Griles called the fire center's director in March 2001 -- a couple of days before he was nominated -- to explain that he would not get involved in the negotiations, his name popped up a month later when the company discussed its proposal with the fire center.
At an April 2001 briefing, an information technology officer at the center took handwritten notes that included the comment: "Steve Griles (Deputy Sec. of Interior)." The officer later told investigators he could not recall why he had made that notation, or what its significance was.
A contracting officer at the fire center told investigators that it was "suspicious" that APTI's bid ended up being so close to the government's estimate.
The report also noted that requests for bids should have been sent out to three companies, but they went out only to one: APTI. In addition, the contract requirements, including the use of trademark equipment, were so specific that only APTI could have met it, according to the report.
In another case, the officer whom Griles had designated to handle all matters related to APTI directed two junior officials to examine whether additional projects could be found for APTI, the report said. It resulted in another contract for the company, worth $165,000.
One key meeting of ATPI personnel was held in Griles's conference room. Although Griles was not present, an Interior official told investigators he was uncomfortable with that and with being summoned to the meeting. As a career civil servant, he said, he had never seen such a thing before.
All told, the report concluded, "Mr. Griles' lax understanding of his ethics agreement and attendant recusals, combined with lax dispensation of ethics advice given to him, resulted in lax constraint over matters in which the Deputy Secretary involved himself."
Staff writers R. Jeffrey Smith and Shankar Vedantam contributed to this report.



? 2004 The Washington Post Company

---------------------------------------------------------
Internet Cutoff Ordered at Interior
Judge Says Money Owed to Indians Is Still at Risk
By Carol D. Leonnig
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A19
A federal judge in Washington yesterday ordered the Interior Department to shut down most of its employees' Internet access and some of its public Web sites after concluding that the agency has failed to fix computer security problems that threaten millions of dollars owed to Native Americans.
The order, the third the judge has handed down regarding computer security concerns at the agency since 2001, enlarges the portion of the Interior Department that will have to disconnect from the Internet. In his decision, U.S. District Judge Royce C. Lamberth said he was forced to take this step because Interior officials have refused to address obvious lapses and have given contradictory information about computer security.
In the past, Interior's Internet shutdowns have made it difficult for people to get online information about national parks and monuments as well as for departmental offices to communicate with one another.
Dan DuBray, a spokesman for the Interior Department, said the agency's top officials and lawyers were still reviewing Lamberth's injunction and could not comment on its ramifications for employees or the public.
Lamberth's order is the latest in an increasingly bitter dispute between him and the agency.
Since 1996, Lamberth has presided over a lawsuit in which a group of Indians sued to force Interior to produce an accounting of all the grazing, energy and mineral royalties from Indian lands that the department had been managing since 1879. The judge has criticized the agency for ignoring its responsibility to Native Americans and found government officials in contempt of his orders.
The department's lawyers, meanwhile, have sought to have Congress intervene and have repeatedly appealed each of the judge's demands and deadlines to a higher court.
Yesterday's decision came as Interior was arguing before the appeals court to overturn other Lamberth decisions and to get another judge appointed to hear the case.
The most recent decision covers computer connections and Web sites in the Inspector General's Office, the Minerals Management Service, the Bureau of Land Management, the Bureau of Reclamation, the Fish and Wildlife Service, the Office of the Special Trustee, the Bureau of Indian Affairs, the Office of Surface Mining, and the National Business Center.
"The interest of the 300,000-plus current beneficiaries of the individual Indian trust outweigh the potential inconvenience of those parties that would otherwise have access to Interior's Internet services," Lamberth wrote.
As in July, Lamberth ruled that Interior could keep emergency systems connected, particularly those involving firefighting and policing. The National Park Service, the U.S. Geological Survey and Interior's budget office also will remain connected because the court was convinced that those agencies are secure.
Lamberth first required the department to shut down Internet operations in 2001. A special master he appointed discovered that even a novice hacker could penetrate the Web sites' security and access data on the Indian revenue.
In July, Lamberth ordered a smaller portion of the department disconnected and gave Interior a chance to reconnect those divisions and offices that officials could certify were safe from hacking. But the judge wrote in yesterday's opinion that the department's claims of secure systems "mocked this Court's injunction."


---------------------------------------------------
Marshals Faulted on Protection of Judges
Associated Press
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A19
There are numerous flaws in the methods used by the U.S. Marshals Service to protect judges, some of whom preside over terrorism trials that carry a high risk of attack, a Justice Department report says.
The report yesterday by the department's inspector general, Glenn A. Fine, said it can take the marshals weeks or months to assess threats. Seventy-three percent of the cases take longer to check out than the agency's guidelines allow.
Also, the report said the marshals have no centralized intelligence program to handle threats, lack a secure national communications system to share information and have too many personnel without the security clearances necessary to see classified information.
While the number of threats against the nation's 2,000 federal judges and magistrates has decreased in recent years, the inspector general predicts the war on terrorism is likely to produce more high-risk trials.
The Marshals Service also hunts down fugitives, transports prisoners and protects federal witnesses.
Fine's report said that although the marshals have placed greater emphasis on judicial security since the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, much more needs to be done.
In a written response, the Marshals Service took issue with many of the findings, noting that in 215 years only four judges have been assassinated, none since 1989. "While a single assault or assassination is unacceptable, the full picture actually supports, rather than questions, the [agency's] capabilities," the response said.
The report found that some problems occur because the Marshals Service has not assigned personnel to all of the FBI's 84 joint terrorism task forces, created to ensure that sensitive information and investigations are shared by multiple agencies.
In one recent high-threat trial, the Marshals Service did not receive classified information regarding trial security because a key person lacked clearance to see top-secret material.
The Marshals Service agreed to revise its policy on how quickly threats against judges must be assessed, and it said it is working to ensure more of its senior officials have top-secret security clearances.

---------------------------------------------------



Powell to Seek Nuclear Details From Pakistan
By Glenn Kessler
Washington Post Staff Writer
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A18
NEW DELHI, March 15 -- Secretary of State Colin L. Powell said Monday that he planned to press Pakistan's president, Gen. Pervez Musharraf, to disclose whether his country's probe of a nuclear trafficking network blamed on scientist Abdul Qadeer Khan had uncovered the involvement of other Pakistani officials.
Powell, speaking to reporters on his plane shortly before arriving here Monday night to begin a swing through South Asia, said he was seeking a detailed briefing on "what else they may have learned about the network" that he had not "been made aware of through normal intelligence channels."
In particular, Powell said, he would "be interested to see whether there is any involvement of past officials or any official involvement in any of this over the years. I think that is something the government of Pakistan should look into and I think is looking into."
The scope of Khan's dealings suggest that key members of the Pakistani military, intelligence services or government may have aided or ignored Khan's efforts to peddle nuclear technology and expertise to Iran, Libya and North Korea. But Bush administration officials have been wary of probing too deeply because the United States needs Pakistan's assistance in the search for Osama bin Laden and members of his al Qaeda network.
Powell said that the administration wants even greater Pakistani cooperation. "Pakistan has undertaken a number of operations recently along the border . . . and we just want to see them do more of that," he said. Referring to the militia that once ruled most of Pakistan's neighbor, Afghanistan, he said, "We want to see if they can do a better job of apprehending Taliban persons who we might be able to identify for them."
Khan, who long ran Pakistan's main nuclear weapons plant and is known as the creator of the country's nuclear bomb, acknowledged last month that he had passed nuclear secrets without government authorization; Musharraf then pardoned him. The Pakistani government launched an investigation of Khan last year after receiving evidence from the United States.
Powell is to hold talks with Indian officials on boosting U.S. exports to India and about the growing thaw between Pakistan and India. Powell also is to discuss how to implement an agreement in which the United States will help India with its nuclear energy and space technology in return for India's promise to use the aid for peaceful purposes and to help block the spread of dangerous weapons.
Powell noted that tensions have eased enough between Pakistan and India that they have begun a series of cricket matches this week. But he arrived the day after India's Foreign Ministry rejected Musharraf's insistence that the disputed region of Kashmir was the central issue dividing the countries.
Over the weekend, Musharraf said India and Pakistan must resolve the 56-year conflict over Kashmir in order for the two nuclear powers to resolve their differences.
Powell also has scheduled a visit to Afghanistan to confer with Afghan leaders about their preparations for an election and efforts by the central government to win greater control -- and tax revenue -- from areas now controlled by regional military leaders.

----------------------------------------------------

Similar Tactics, Different Names
Al Qaeda-Like Groups Scrutinized
By Dana Priest and Walter Pincus
Washington Post Staff Writers
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A16
U.S. and European counterterrorism officials have seen a growing number of clues in the Madrid bombings that point to terrorists from any one of dozens of Islamic jihadist groups that use tactics similar to al Qaeda's but conduct operations and choose targets independently, the officials said yesterday.
This evidence, although preliminary, includes the use of cell phones to trigger explosive devices, a tactic al Qaeda has employed, and a strong suspicion that part of the operation was planned outside the targeted country, also an al Qaeda signature, two U.S. counterterrorism officials said yesterday.
No evidence points directly to Osama bin Laden's network, but counterterrorism officials believe they may be seeing proof of their worst fears: the carrying out of a spectacular, coordinated attack aimed at making a worldwide political statement by terrorists who might emulate al Qaeda but operate autonomously.
"It would be disheartening but not totally surprising if we were seeing shadow-type groups adopting [al Qaeda's] methods throughout the world," one U.S. intelligence official said. Some officials hold out the possibility that ETA, the Basque separatist movement, may have helped facilitate the attack.
Meanwhile, intelligence officials have recorded an increase in intelligence reporting in recent days indicating possible terrorist strikes in Rome, France and Turkey, according to one European intelligence official. Such intelligence reports often surge after a terrorist attack. U.S. officials also point to a message bin Laden delivered in October warning of attacks in Spain, Britain, Australia, Poland, Japan and Italy, in response to the U.S.-led invasion of Iraq.
CIA Director George J. Tenet and other intelligence officials have warned in recent months of the danger posed by largely autonomous terror groups that use al Qaeda's tactics and have relatively loose ties to the network. Finding and destroying groups that are widely dispersed and only informally linked is even harder than eliminating bin Laden and his organization, officials caution.
"The steady spread of Osama bin Laden's anti-American sentiments through the wider Sunni [Muslim] extremist movement, and through the broad dissemination of al Qaeda's destructive expertise, ensures that a serious threat will remain for the foreseeable future, with or without al Qaeda in the picture," Tenet told the Senate Armed Services Committee on March 9.
Tenet also identified as part of the new, growing threat outside al Qaeda "so-called foreign jihadists" -- religiously motivated individuals "ready to fight anywhere when they believe Muslim lands are under attack by those they see as infidel invaders."
Among the other bits of preliminary evidence in Madrid that point to an al Qaeda-like signature is that the bombs used in the attack were dispersed quickly and widely. Al Qaeda is believed to have adopted that tactic from the Japanese religious group Aum Shinrikyo, whose members punctured bags of deadly sarin inside Tokyo subway cars in March 1995.
Authorities have also discovered what they believe to be at least one safe house near the attacks that was used by terrorists. The use of close-in safe houses to rehearse operations and store equipment and supplies is an al Qaeda trademark seen in the 1993 World Trade Center attack, the 2003 bombing of a Saudi housing complex and other attacks.
Al Qaeda, unlike ETA or the Irish Liberation Army, frequently draws on members of nationalities whose countries are U.S. allies, most notably men from Saudi Arabia and Egypt. The Spanish suspects include Moroccans and Indians.
U.S. officials stress that Spanish investigators do not have enough evidence to conclude who carried out the Madrid bombings, and no one appears to be in a hurry to do so. Spanish officials who blamed ETA immediately after the attack were embarrassed when their pronouncement turned out to be premature.
Similarly, the Oct. 12, 2002, bombing of a Bali nightclub that killed more than 200 was initially blamed on al Qaeda. Later, intelligence officials attributed it to Jemaah Islamiah, an Indonesian terrorist group with some links to al Qaeda.
Yesterday, U.S. officials took a similarly cautious position. "It could be something that's not a card-carrying al Qaeda group," one senior U.S. intelligence official said. "Or ETA, or a splinter group from either one."

-------------------------------------------------

The Dear Leader, On a Platter
Sushi Chef's Book Details Kim Jong Il's Many Purported Indulgences
By Anthony Faiola
Washington Post Foreign Service
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; Page A11
TOKYO -- For North Korea's ruler, Kim Jong Il, the latest tell-all book on the shelves in Japan is the rawest of betrayals: the confessions of the Dear Leader's own sushi chef.
Lured to Pyongyang from the sushi bars of Tokyo in 1982 by a Japanese trading company and a $5,000 a month contract, the 56-year-old Japanese chef caught the eye of Kim Jong Il a few years later and for more than a decade catered to Kim's exotic tastes.
Today he is back in Japan, and under his pen name, Kenji Fujimoto, wrote a best-selling memoir, "I Was Kim Jong Il's Cook." While North Korea is dependent on international food aid so that millions of its people do not starve, Fujimoto described Kim -- a despot to some, demigod to others -- as a sushi chef's dream: the ultimate gourmand.
"He particularly enjoyed sashimi so fresh that he could start eating the fish as its mouth is still gasping and the tail is still thrashing," Fujimoto said. "I sliced the fish so as not to puncture any of its vital organs, so of course it was still moving. Kim Jong Il was delighted. He would eat it with gusto."
Fujimoto agreed to be interviewed in a central Japanese town on the condition that the location not be disclosed. He said he still fears North Korean spies are on his trail because the end of his tenure in Pyongyang was not mutually agreed upon. The burly cook won permission to leave Pyongyang, he said, after telling Kim a fish tale about heading off to stock the palace larders with fresh Japanese sea urchin for a tasty new dish.
Fujimoto's book about life inside the Dear Leader's kitchen -- published last year in Japanese and Korean -- has piqued the interest of intelligence agencies. Japanese intelligence and foreign diplomatic officials following North Korea characterized Fujimoto's accounts as being largely credible, describing the book as adding nuances and coloring in details to long-held views of one of the world's most bizarre leaders.
Mostly, though, North Korea observers are feasting on Fujimoto's generous helpings of Kim's self-indulgent life.
Fujimoto tells of an episode in 1994 -- the year Kim became head of state after the death of his father, Kim Il Sung -- when he was invited to attend one of Kim's notorious "pleasure parties." Holding court while sporting his trademark bouffant hair and chunk heels, Kim beamed with excitement as his top aides boogied to American dance music with shocked young women who had been ordered by Kim to strip naked. There were strobe lights and a disco ball hanging that evening from the ceiling of the Dear Leader's lavish Sincheon guesthouse south of Pyongyang.
"Kim Jong Il told the women to take off their clothes," Fujimoto said. Kim pointed at senior aides one by one, commanding them to dance. "You can dance, but don't touch. If you touch, you are thieves," Kim told the aides, according to Fujimoto.
"Mr. Kim himself would not dance," continued Fujimoto, who was dressed all in black on a recent afternoon. "Kim Jong Il liked to watch." Fujimoto said he was dazzled by Kim's massive liquor cellar, stocked with nearly 10,000 bottles. There was Johnnie Walker Swing scotch and Hennessy XO cognac. To satisfy the Dear Leader's demanding tastes, Fujimoto was sent on international shopping trips, hauling back winter melons from China, pork from Denmark, caviar from Iran and Uzbekistan, but especially the finest sushi from Tokyo's Tsukiji fish market, the largest in the world.
Fujimoto said Kim once dispatched him to Tokyo's upscale Mitsukoshi department store to pick up $100 worth of his favorite rice cakes filled with mugwort. The trip itself, including airfare through Beijing -- there are no direct flights between Tokyo and Pyongyang -- and hotel expenses, cost roughly $1,500.
But Kim relished his meals, and could move himself to tears with his own toasts, often getting tipsy and, later, wistful. During fragile moments, Fujimoto said, Kim would often bemoan that Kim Jong Chul, his 22-year old son, would never rule because he had turned out to be "like a girl."
Fujimoto said Kim doted on his youngest son -- Kim Jong Woon, 18, who looks like the North Korean leader. When both sons became interested in basketball, Kim launched a nationwide campaign to spread it around North Korea, building several NBA-regulation courts in Pyongyang. "I would sometimes be the coach at the games," Fujimoto said. "They were great boys. [But] Kim Jong Woon will be his father's successor. Everyone used to say it. He looked and acted just like him."
Fujimoto said Kim was a fan of Mel Gibson, enjoying screenings of the Australian star's movies in the private theater in his palace. He is also fond of giving out his used gray or blue uniforms as gifts to friends and aides, Fujimoto said.
Given the secrecy surrounding North Korea, it is virtually impossible to confirm Fujimoto's assertions. But Japanese and foreign diplomatic and intelligence sources who have read the book and are familiar with Fujimoto's accounts are taking them very seriously.
Some of what Fujimoto describes -- including an alleged jet ski race Fujimoto said he had with Kim at a summer guesthouse -- appears to exceed the boundaries of what Kim's personal chef might have been called upon to do. But Fujimoto seldom veers into obvious exaggeration and is quick to separate what he heard from others with what he saw. "There have of course been discussions in government circles about his credibility, and the impression is that yeah, generally, this guy is for real," said a diplomatic source in Tokyo familiar with North Korea.
Noriyuki Suzuki, a leading expert on North Korea and director of Tokyo-based Radiopress Inc., which monitors North Korean media, said, "I think the book has strong credibility."
It portrays Kim in much the same way as he is described in a book about his month-long train trip across Russia in 2001. Konstantin Pulikovsky, who traveled with Kim, wrote in "Orient Express" of how the North Korean leader had live lobsters and cases of French wine flown to the train.
Fujimoto said that Kim treated him well. The North Korean leader noticed Fujimoto's interest in a lovely singer frequently called on to perform for the court. Once, for Kim's pleasure, she was ordered to fight a boxing match with another woman, and blood was spilled. Fujimoto cautiously expressed concern for the women, and Kim, with a knowing smile, later sat them together at banquets. Kim blessed their union, and photos in Fujimoto's book show Kim attending their wedding banquet in Pyongyang. When Fujimoto fled North Korea, however, he left his wife behind.
"Kim Jong Il gave me so much: He gave me a new home, let me serve his family and even brought me together with my North Korean wife," Fujimoto said. "But I know he will never forgive me for my betrayal. Sometimes I do wish I could go back, but that would be rather complicated now."
Special correspondent Sachiko Sakamaki contributed to this report.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Yemen Makes Arrest in USS Cole Bombing
Reuters
Tuesday, March 16, 2004; 8:48 AM
SANAA -- Yemen has arrested a suspected militant wanted over the 2000 bomb attack that killed 17 sailors aboard the USS Cole in the port of Aden, an official Web site said Tuesday.
Security forces arrested Ali Mohamed Omar Shorbajy in the mountainous Abyan region in south Yemen Monday night, the Web site of the ruling General People's Congress said. A hunt is still on in the same area for three other wanted men.
Last week eight men, including six suspects in the attack on the U.S. warship, surrendered to authorities after a week-long siege of Islamic militants in Abyan.
During the operation security forces arrested local al Qaeda leader Abdul Raouf Nassib, who Yemeni officials say masterminded a 2003 jail break by al Qaeda suspects in the bombing of the ship.
Yemen, the ancestral homeland of Osama bin Laden, has been battling militants since the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks on U.S. cities focused attention on the impoverished country at the tip of the Arabian peninsula.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

Posted by maximpost at 11:07 PM EST
Permalink

Blowback from South Korea's impeachment
By David Scofield

SEOUL - The impeachment of South Korean President Roh Moo- hyun may backfire against the conservative opposition that always resented the outsider, defender of the common man, the fighter for the weak and dispossessed. They had the money and the connections, but they lost the election, and they have been gunning for him ever since. Now Roh is comfortably back in the role of underdog, a part in which he excels. And the opposition may be in for some blowback, as the polls show.

About 70,000 Roh supporters gathered peacefully downtown over the weekend to protest the impeachment on Friday of their democratically elected president after just one year of his five-year term. Seoul has not witnessed a popular outpouring of such magnitude since the acquittal of two American soldiers on negligent-homicide charges during the run-up to the presidential elections in the autumn of 2002.

And now, as then, Roh has positioned himself to take advantage of a groundswell of righteous indignation - the plucky rebel, defender of the common man, standing up in defiance of larger, more powerful forces. And now as then, the opposition Grand National Party (GNP) - its leadership so completely out of touch with the realities of contemporary South Korea - has pushed the great, centrist mass of the electorate toward the pro-government Uri Party, or OOP (Our Open Party), camp, just in time for a general election, April 15.

After the impeachment on Friday (the vote was 193-2 in the opposition-controlled National Assembly) it seemed obvious to many that Roh Moo-hyun and his advisers had grossly underestimated the forces that conspired against him. He fumbled the chance to apologize to opposing political forces during a speech last Thursday - appearing arrogant and unrepentant over campaign irregularities - and he inadvertently galvanized the opposition to his presidency. Indeed, as political-science professor Kim Young-il of Sungkyunkwan University said, "It is an extremely simple matter, all Roh has to do is apologize for violating the law." And Roh did apologize Thursday night - to the South Korean people, but not to the National Election Commission or opposing political forces.

Roh was impeached on two grounds:

Receiving illegal funds; though he himself has not been implicated, close aides have been.
Campaigning as a sitting president for a political party - the Uri or OOP, though he was not officially a member of the party. Still, a president is supposed to remain neutral.

Roh, advisers missed opportunities
Roh himself often appears to act or shoot "from the hip", but his advisers have proved to be most astute at reading the political winds when situations demand it - but not always. Roh's ousting of former foreign and trade minister Yoon Young-kwan, for example - sacrificed in essence for contempt within the ranks of the Foreign Ministry - could have led to the appointment of a pro-independence foreign-policy articulator who would tell the Yankees what's what, but it didn't. Roh has emphasized the importance of a South Korean foreign policy furthering South Korean interests, and emphatically independent of Washington when need be, but as a new foreign minister he chose Ban Ki-moon, a universally respected career diplomat not likely to ruffle feathers.

Since taking office, Roh has bemoaned the difficulties of crafting legislation and managing the affairs of state when the opposition-controlled National Assembly fought him at every turn. Consolidating control within the assembly has been his mission since his inauguration just over one year ago. Indeed, Roh's much-ballyhooed referendum promise - he would resign if the people did not support him - has morphed into a proxy vote this April. Roh has declared that a vote for the pro-government OOP would be a vote of confidence for his presidency.

Roh's ousting may have been the result of incompetence by his domestic advisers, but whether by design or by coincidence the impeachment has accentuated Roh's - and by extension the OOP's - strengths.

Roh has always been an underdog. His "aw shucks" man-of-the-people persona is effective: a former farmboy outsider who became a labor lawyer and fought for the disadvantaged. He comes across in speeches as a self-effacing, genuine personality, in sharp contrast to the slickness - some would say sleaze - of many of the nation's longtime politicians.

Back in 2002 Roh was a long shot in the polls
In October 2002, two months before the presidential election, GNP candidate Lee Hoi-chang, longtime conservative politician and former Supreme Court judge, was considered the odds-on favorite to ascend to the nation's highest office. The GNP had the money and the connections, and with former president Kim Dae-jung's family ensnared in seemingly endless bribe and influence-peddling charges, the opposition GNP candidate was a lock - or so it looked.

At the time of the anti-US street demonstrations (two US soldiers had been acquitted of running over two middle-school girls in a training accident), street-savvy Roh saw the potential in the national outpouring after the controversial acquittal. He understood that it was more than a tragic accident, but the passionate manifestation of a nation in change, a movement comprised primarily of voters too young and too affluent to relate to the old Cold War politics that still defines the nation's alliance with the United States.

Roh embraced the younger voter, and played a different political game. He let the GNP attack him, even as it ensured his status as the grossly outmatched underdog. And the GNP heavyweights, long ensconced in privilege and wealth, failed to feel what Roh's supporters were feeling - and so the GNP opposition came to symbolize to many the arrogance of the conservative, pro-American establishment.

But the realities of governing crisis-prone South Korea have been daunting for Roh. Since taking office, his support has dropped from well over 70 percent to around 40 percent before the impeachment. Economic realities, high consumer debt, low consumer confidence, firmly entrenched regionalism and myriad other problems are dealing blow after blow to both the economy and society.

Roh's impeachment has put him squarely back to where he is most comfortable, in the role of underdog, locked in battle with a more powerful foe. This is crisis Roh, and it is Roh at his most potent. Roh is widely considered to be mediocre to ineffectual in his day-to-day governing of the nation, but the opposition has handed Roh a redeeming crisis, a tool with which to rally the Korean people to the cause of the weak but virtuous. This is a perception congruent with many Koreans' perception of themselves and their nation: small, weak and forever put upon by larger, more powerful forces. The GNP has once again ensured Roh's position as the people's president, himself a victim of power and conspiracy.

Koreans think impeachment a mistake - polls
Polls conducted over the weekend show the OOP ahead by double digits throughout the country. Even residents of conservative strongholds such as Daegu respond that the impeachment was a mistake. The GNP is thinking damage control, blaming the press for fanning the flames of dissent, while members of the Millennium Democratic Party (MLD) - co-supporters of the impeachment bill - are calling for the resignation of their party leader Chough Soon-hyung, and others are poised to jump ship to the pro-Roh OOP.

The impeachment has translated into an estimated 5-6 percent increase in support for the OOP, and while it is still a month before the general election, if it can maintain the momentum this impeachment has given them, an OOP victory in April seems likely.

Of course, Roh's impeachment trial before the Constitutional Court will probably not have ended by then. The court has as long as six months to make a decision, and as this is the first democratically elected South Korean president to be impeached, the justices must decide without the aid of precedent, meaning every aspect of the impeachment will have to be examined and conclusively adjudicated. Further, as impeachment prosecutors are members of the National Assembly - the chairpersons of the legislature and the judiciary committees - an OOP election win would theoretically allow the president's OOP supporters to act as his prosecutors.

Roh's camp may not have had the foresight to see the potential boon this impeachment would be to his and the OOP's popularity. Nonetheless, a boon it has been, and while opposition forces begin to attack each other for handing Roh such a "victory", all indications are that Roh and his progressive backers in the OOP may be heading for dominance in the National Assembly. That would allow Roh's team the power and legislative authority to implement far-reaching reforms - including constitutional changes that would relax the single five-year term limit for presidents. Changes would allow presidents to run for re-election after four years, instead of the current single five-year term mandated by the constitution. Such a reform would, according to the OOP, "prevent our national energy from being wasted by frequent elections and stabilize governance". Such a constitutional change would allow a president more time to enact far-reaching changes in South Korea.

How the impeachment came to pass
The Grand National Party, especially the old-guard conservatives within the party, have never accepted Roh's win - he was an outsider, an upstart. To them it was some sort of mistake - after all, they had the money and the connections, they would win. However, there he was in office and there wasn't much the GNP could do - but Roh helped them.

Last autumn, Roh left the Millennium Democratic Party (MDP), the party he rode to victory, the party started by former president Kim Dae-jung. He didn't, and still hasn't, officially joined the OOP, composed mostly of former MDP members but some young GNP members as well. Roh burned some bridges when he left. He weakened the MDP considerably, and even those who had campaigned with him began to speak out against him. The straw that broke that camel's back, though, was his open campaigning for the OOP last month. It's technically illegal for a sitting president to campaign for a political party, but all presidents have done so, including Kim Dae-jung - and no one mentioned impeachment then.

What happened here was the perfect storm: the GNP has been gunning for Roh since the election; getting rid of Roh has been their No 1 priority, over and above matters of state, but on their own they lacked the votes to do much. When Roh endorsed the OOP in a speech on February 24, many in the MDP revolted - they joined forces with the GNP. That didn't add up to enough votes, until Roh delivered a haughty speech and refused to apologize to the Election Commission for any wrongdoings; he did apologize to the people for the fuss. That did it - the opposition had enough votes, a landslide impeachment.

With Prime Minister Goh Kun as acting president, not much is expected to happen - in terms of US relations, possible dispatch of 3,000 South Korean troops to Iraq or in terms of North Korean relations - until the elections next month. Then the whole mess may well blow up in the face of the GNP, which watched the some 70,000 Roh supporters protesting the impeachment. Roh appeared on newscasts - smiling, cracking jokes and telling everyone to be calm and let the courts work it out.

So the once and future president appears a likely figure in South Korea's future - once again.

David Scofield is a lecturer at the Graduate Institute of Peace Studies, Kyung Hee University, Seoul.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Co, Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)

-----------------------------------------------------------------
Pyongyang pins false hopes on Kerry
By Yoel Sano

As US Senator John Kerry now appears the presumptive Democratic challenger to President George W Bush, North Korea is assessing how its relations with the United States might change, even improve, with a Kerry victory in November. Although a lot can happen in eight months, and the contest looks very close, some polls show Kerry slightly ahead - and Pyongyang's foreign-policy shapers too are looking head, as reflected in its state-controlled media.

But if Pyongyang's leaders are pinning their hopes for better relations on a Kerry victory, they are almost certainly mistaken - relations probably would not improve significantly in a Kerry presidency, though North Korea might buy more time to increase its nuclear stockpile. Kerry could, in fact, prove to be a hardliner and find himself under enormous pressure from conservatives not to make any concessions to North Korea. Further, an examination of the record demonstrates that while some statements appear more moderate and critical of the Bush administration, some of Kerry's other statements are very similar to those made by President Bush - and some are even tougher.

North Korean media rarely comment on US domestic politics, but the state-run Korean Central News Agency (KCNA) and Radio Pyongyang - monitored by South Korea's Yonhap news agency - have recently been reporting on Kerry and his criticism of Bush's exaggerated claims about Iraq's weapons of mass destruction (WMD). Kerry's criticism of what he calls Bush's unproductive hardline policy toward Pyongyang also has been reported on North Korean news programs.

Given North Korea's traditional lack of comment on US domestic politics, the continued references to Kerry, a Massachusetts liberal, is considered significant, not incidental, by many Korea watchers.

Highlighting Kerry's criticism of Bush
In a commentary titled "US must approach six-way talks with sincerity", dated February 23, before the last round of talks on Pyongyang's nuclear program, KCNA said:

"Public figures of different countries, regions and international organizations and media hope to see a peaceful settlement of the nuclear issue between the Democratic People's Republic of Korea (DPRK) and the United States and the denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula with the successful holding of the six-way talks. Growing louder are voices urging the Bush administration to approach the six-way talks beginning from February 25 with sincerity.

"The Bush administration is delaying talks with Pyongyang, said a US Democratic senator [John Kerry] on January 28. He added that it is time a sincere attitude was taken toward negotiation and if the president fails to instruct his officials to honestly approach negotiation and leave no room for this, the US will be unable to get the goal.

"Senator Kerry, who is seeking [the] presidential candidacy of the Democratic Party, sharply criticized President Bush, saying it was an ill-considered act to deny direct dialogue with North Korea." (The KCNA website specifies that quotations must be attributed to the Korean News Service, KCNA, in Tokyo.)

Conservative websites in the US, some of them strongly anti-Kerry, have seized on such comments as proof that the Massachusetts senator is favored by Pyongyang - in effect a kiss of political death - and therefore unworthy of the presidency of the United States.

Judging by these reports, it would appear that North Korea would prefer dealing with a President Kerry than a re-elected President Bush. It is highly likely that Pyongyang would like to see US-North Korea relations return to the status - far from ideal but hardly as dangerous as they are now - they enjoyed in the final 18 months of the presidency of Bill Clinton. That was an all-time high in bilateral relations, but such terms are relative. Clinton almost made a historic, first-ever US presidential trip to North Korea in November 2000, but decided against it at the last minute, apparently uncertain that it would achieve concrete results or become anything but a media circus.

US-North Korean ties improved under Clinton
However, Clinton did receive vice marshal Jo Myong-rok - the first vice chairman of North Korea's National Defense Commission and the second-most-powerful man in the Pyongyang regime - at the White House in early October 2000. Jo was acting as a special envoy from North Korean leader Kim Jong-il, and he remains the most senior North Korean ever to have visited the US. The meeting was remarkable in itself, given that in mid-1994 Clinton strongly considered ordering air strikes on North Korea's nuclear facilities, and vice marshal Jo, who was the North's air force commander at the time, was believed to have been ready to order kamikaze suicide attacks on US naval vessels in nearby waters.

Reciprocating Jo's visit, secretary of state Madeleine Albright traveled to Pyongyang two weeks later, on October 23, becoming the most senior US official ever to visit North Korea, where she was hosted by Kim Jong-il himself. (Former US president Jimmy Carter traveled to Pyongyang during the 1994 nuclear crisis and held a meeting with the then "Great Leader", Kim Il-sung, but Carter had been retired for 13 years at that point, and his visit was undertaken in a private capacity.) Other notable Americans who visited North Korea during Clinton's second term included former defense secretary William Perry in May 1999 and, in a bizarre case, Clinton's half-brother Roger, a musician, who performed in a charity rock concert organized jointly by North and South Korean musicians in December 1999.

By contrast, bilateral relations under the Bush presidency have been frosty from the start. After September 11, 2001, Bush designated North Korea as a member of the "axis of evil", joining Iraq and Iran, and shortly afterward US officials leaked a story that North Korea is one of seven countries that the Pentagon sees as possible targets for nuclear strikes under certain conditions. Further, Bush told Washington Post reporter Bob Woodward that he personally "loathe[s]" Kim Jong-il.

With all of this in mind, it is hardly surprising that Pyongyang would like to see the back of Bush.

Kerry's agenda is little different from Bush's
Pyongyang may somewhat optimistic, though, if it expects dramatically improved treatment under a President Kerry. True, his few pronouncements on the North Korean issue have had a more moderate tone than Bush's. But the actual picture is somewhat more complicated.

Kerry told the New York Times on March 6 that he favors direct bilateral talks with North Korea - which is one of Pyongyang's long-standing demands rejected by Bush. Kerry also criticized the US for sending "mixed and bad messages" to Pyongyang by breaking the 1972 US-Soviet Anti-Ballistic Missile (ABM) Treaty and developing more nuclear bunker-busting weapons.

Kerry's conservative opponents claimed that his willingness to engage in direct talks - as opposed to the current arrangement of six-way North Korea talks involving China, Japan, South Korea, Russia and the United States - makes him too amenable to Pyongyang's demands. The Bush administration repeatedly has said it will not "reward" Pyongyang's "bad behavior" in any way. North Korea seeks direct talks because this would increase its sense of prestige in the world, elevating its status by negotiating with a superpower. The US has favored the multilateral approach because it wants to be seen taking into account the views of key allies Japan and South Korea, as well as major powers China and Russia.

However, should a future President Kerry engage directly with North Korea, Pyongyang might soon find that the six-way talks offer it far more room for maneuver and delay than one-on-one talks. This is because it is inherently more complex for the United States and North Korea to negotiate in the presence of four other countries, at least two of which (China and Russia) have historically been sympathetic to Pyongyang, while the other two have been against it. In the six-way talks, all parties must act not only keeping Washington and Pyongyang in mind, but also minding how they view and relate to one another. Kerry's direct talks - if they ever were to take place - would remove these complications, potentially allowing for greater US pressure on North Korea.

Kerry article spelled out his North Korea policy
Kerry delivered his most comprehensive statement on North Korea in a Washington Post opinion piece published last August 6, long before he became the Democratic Party candidate for the presidency. Overall, it suggests few real differences with the Bush administration's policy.

In the opinion article, Kerry advocated negotiations, but so does the Bush administration. In terms of goals, Kerry wrote that "ultimately, our goal is to force North Korea to dismantle its nuclear-weapons program through an internationally verifiable process ... in a way that prevents the North Koreans from extracting concessions from us absent compliance by them". This is exactly what George W Bush is demanding.

On Pyongyang's demand for a security guarantee from the US, Kerry was slightly more accommodating, noting, "US commitment not to increase its offensive capabilities on the Korean Peninsula while Pyongyang is freezing its nuclear activities is one obvious - and I believe verifiable - way to move forward". However, barely a sentence later, he added, "but we must make clear that we retain all options, including military options, if North Korea breaks the freeze".

Naturally, it's the part about "military options" that worries Pyongyang. Fear of a US invasion a la Iraq has fueled its desire for a non-aggression pact with the United States. Kerry didn't specifically mention such a treaty in his article.

Kerry even tougher on drugs, human rights
Kerry also went on to raise other topics that would surely anger Pyongyang, if he were ever to become president:

"We must be prepared to negotiate a comprehensive agreement that addresses the full range of issues of concern to the United States and its allies - North Korea's nuclear, chemical, and missile programs, conventional force deployment, drug running, and human rights - as well as North Korea's concerns about security and development." The last two of these issues - security and economic development - are fine with Pyongyang, but the other items on Kerry's agenda are steps that even Bush is not demanding.

If a President Kerry were to force these on to the negotiating table, talks between the two sides would soon become very frosty - especially since North Korea is believed to earn a hefty sum from drug smuggling, and because as many as 200,000 of its citizens may be held in concentration and forced-labor camps.

Kerry concluded his article by saying that pursuing comprehensive negotiations would strengthen Washington's position since there would be more grounds for the military option should peaceful efforts fail. On the two occasions that Kerry mentions Kim Jong-il, he refers to him as a "despotic leader" and a "paranoid dictator". Again, this is hardly music to Pyongyang's ears.

Bearing in mind Kerry's statements and article, Pyongyang would be foolish to assume automatically that its national well-being and international relations would be better under a Kerry presidency. Yet it now appears that Pyongyang has decided not to make any serious concessions to the United States in six-way talks this year - with a view to seeing who wins the US election (see Talks aside, North Korea won't give up nukes, March 2).

From all indications, North Korea decided some time ago that its surest form of defense lay in the possession of nuclear weapons, and that it would use negotiations with the US and its allies as a way of stalling for more time in which to build up its stockpile. Further, Pyongyang is probably counting on the likelihood that there will be "no war in '04", since this is an election year, and Bush would not want to jeopardize his popularity by waging a costly war on the Korean Peninsula.

A New Mexican standoff with Bill Richardson?
However, from Pyongyang's point of view, the regime may not necessarily see a contradiction in continuing to push for a security guarantee and diplomatic relations with the US, while retaining its nukes "just in case". Pyongyang appears to see a Kerry victory as more conducive to achieving this goal. This would be especially true in a Kerry administration if his foreign-policy team included many Clinton-era officials who are familiar to Pyongyang.

Indeed, although Kerry has yet to name a vice-presidential running mate, one name that has been floated and whom Pyongyang would probably welcome is New Mexico Governor Bill Richardson. Since December 1994, Richardson has had extensive experience negotiating with Pyongyang; at that time he secured the release of a US helicopter pilot who had been captured by North Korea after a crash. He also had diplomatic contacts with North Korean officials in his capacity as US ambassador to the United Nations from 1997-98 and and as US energy secretary from 1998-2001. In his cabinet posting he oversaw the provision of US fuel shipments and new nuclear reactors for North Korea under the terms of the 1994 Agreed Framework - the idea was to give North Korea alternatives to uranium and plutonium that could be used to produce weapons.

In January 2003 the current nuclear crisis was unfolding, after Pyongyang's decision to restart its main nuclear reactor. Then North Korean officials traveled to New Mexico, approaching Richardson and asking him to serve as a back channel to the Bush administration. If Richardson were to become vice president, Pyongyang might see him as a friendly, or at least familiar, ear in the White House.

It is precisely Kerry's moderate background that might preclude him from being hasty in granting concessions to Pyongyang if he becomes president. Democrats have long been accused of being soft on national-security issues, and Kerry would be under intense pressure from Republicans not to concede too much, too quickly. This is especially true given that the neo-conservatives around Bush, who withhold any criticism of the president for fear of alienating him, could become much more vocal if forced into opposition.

The realities of office and power also could make Kerry take a harder line with Pyongyang. Few politicians stick to their pre-election agendas once elected, as they grasp the complexities and competing forces that bear on any issue. Although Clinton mellowed toward Pyongyang in his second term, in early 1993 he visited the inter-Korean Demilitarized Zone and warned, "It is pointless for North Korea to try to develop nuclear weapons, because if they ever used them, it would be the end of their country." And in June 1994, as mentioned already, Clinton was seriously contemplating ordering air strikes on North Korea - which would have led to war.

Democrats not 'soft' on defense and security
North Korea's foreign-policy makers and analysts must also be aware that the notion that Democratic presidents are weaker than Republicans, especially on security, is contradicted by the historical record. Franklin D Roosevelt led the US into World War II, and his successor, Harry S Truman, authorized the first-ever use of the atomic bomb, against Japan. It was also Truman who repelled North Korea's invasion of the South in the Korean War, with a devastating effect on North Korea itself. It was another Democratic president, John F Kennedy, who risked nuclear confrontation with the Soviet Union during the Cuban missile crisis, and it was Lyndon Johnson who escalated the United States' last war in Asia, in Vietnam.

And it was Jimmy Carter - often seen as a weak postwar president - who, five months before the Soviet Union invaded Afghanistan, signed a directive aimed at destabilizing latter's communist regime by supporting Islamic fundamentalist forces.

Pyongyang may at last be waking up to these facts. KCNA stated recently that "whoever is elected US president should be willing to make a switchover in its policy toward the DPRK (Democratic People's Republic of Korea), drop the hostile policy toward it and express readiness to coexist with it". The key, therefore, lies in a change of policy rather than a change in president.

Paradoxically, if George W Bush wins a second term, then he may be in a better position to reach some sort of agreement with North Korea. For one thing, he would be free of electoral or congressional backlashes. Also, Republicans would more likely tolerate a deal with North Korea signed by a Republican president than a new Democratic president. For Pyongyang, a hardliner would at least clearly spell out terms and conditions, whereas moderation could be mistaken for weakness, or even be seen as a form of deception.

Just as only the late president Richard M Nixon could go to China, perhaps only George W Bush could go to Pyongyang.

Yoel Sano has worked for publishing houses in London, providing political, security and economic analysis, and has been following North Korea, as well as other Northeast Asian developments, for more than 10 years.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)

--------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ROVING EYE
The emergence of hyperterrorism
By Pepe Escobar

"If you don't stop your injustices, more blood will flow and these attacks are very little compared with what may happen with what you call terrorism."
- Abu Dujan al-Afghani, purported military spokesman for al-Qaeda in Europe, claiming responsibility on video for the Madrid bombings.

The "al-Qaedization" of terrorism in Europe is a political "big bang". According to intelligence estimates in Brussels, there may be an invisible army of up to 30,000 holy warriors spread around the world, which begs the question: how will Western democracies be able to fight them?

The Madrid bombings have already produced the terrorists' desired effect: fear. Cities all across Europe fear they may be targeted for the next massacre of the innocents. On his October 18, 2003 tape, Osama bin Laden warned that Italy, Britain and Poland, as well as Spain - all staunch Washington allies in the invasion and occupation of Iraq - would be struck. Sheikh Omar Bakri, spiritual leader of the Islamist group al-Mouhajiroun, said in London he "wouldn't be surprised if Italy is the next target".

Social paranoia inevitably will be on the rise - and the main victims are bound to be millions of European Muslims. Racist political parties like Jean Marie le Pen's National Front in France and Umberto Bossi's Northern League in Italy will pump up the volume of their extremely vicious anti-Islamic xenophobia. For scores of moderate European politicians, it will be increasingly difficult to maintain their support for a solution to the Palestinian tragedy - as the Sharon government in Israel spins the line that both Israel and Europe are "victims of terrorism".

This Wednesday, the European Union's foreign policy chief, Javier Solana, will ask the EU to name an expert to be in charge of "coordinating" the action of the 15 countries (soon to be 25). Belgium's Prime Minister Guy Verhofstadt has proposed the creation of a European Intelligence Center to combat terrorism. Currently, each national intelligence service acts on its own, not always connected with Europol, the continent's police body in The Hague. A special cell in Brussels, for instance, conducts its own, separate investigations.

The new al-Qaeda virus
The special cell in Brussels considers that the Madrid bombings required "minute preparations, money, experience and cohesion". This has led European specialists on Islamist movements, like Antoine Basbus, director of the Observatory of Arab Countries, and Olivier Roy, a research director at the French Center of Scientific Research, to agree that al-Qaeda is now operating on three layers: the originals, or Arab-Afghans who were part of the anti-Soviet jihad in the 1980s; the franchised local groups; and the recent "converts" who provide the crucial link between the "base" and the local outfits.

The anti-terrorist experts in Brussels tell Asia Times Online they had known for some time that the original "base" of the al-Qaeda was greatly depleted. After all, Mohammed Atta, the leading military planner, and Mahfouz Ould, one of the leading ideologues, have been killed. Abu Zubaida, in charge of recruiting, and Ibn Sheikh Al-Libi, in charge of training, are in jail. But unlike the Americans roughly a year ago, the experts in Brussels did not assume that al-Qaeda was broken. They stress that al-Qaeda's real danger is "their persistent capacity to incite and collaborate with local groups" - they estimate there may be around 40 of these - to act in their own countries. "But we are even more concerned about groups that we don't know anything about."

The Moroccan arm of al-Qaeda, for instance, is the little-known Moroccan Islamic Combatants Group. The experts in Brussels now confirm that Saudis and Moroccans came to Madrid to plan the bombings alongside Islamist residents of Spain. But al-Qaeda is not only active in the Maghreb: it is very well connected in sub-Saharan Africa, in places not yet fully investigated like the Ivory Coast and the Central African Republic.

For months now, ever since the Istanbul bombings in November 2003, different European intelligence services have been afraid they would have to confront a mutated enemy. Most services were in fact sure that Istanbul represented the first attack on Europe. The possibility of further use of chemical and bacteriological weapons, and even nuclear "dirty bombs", was not, and now more than ever is not, discarded.

Roy says that recruiting is now being conducted locally because "mobility is more difficult; there is not a place anymore where one goes to meet the chief or to get training". Recruiting campaigns continue all over the EU. For instance, one of the perpetrators of the bombing of the UN office in Baghdad in August 2003 was recruited in Italy. Other recruits in Spain, Germany and Norway ended up in Iraq via Syria. Global jihad, of which al-Qaeda is the leading exponent, is above all an idea. It thrives on spectacular terrorist attacks. Targets may have no strategic interest: what matters is terror as a spectacle - like bombing a nightclub in Bali. Madrid represented something much more sophisticated because in the Western collective consciousness it was the link between an American ally and the war on Iraq.

Spain may have become a new symbol of the clash between the jihadis' version of Islam and the "Jews and Crusaders". But as far as global jihad is concerned, it doesn't matter whether a European democracy like Spain is governed by conservatives or socialists. Al-Qaeda is an apocalyptic sect betting on the clash of civilizations: Islamic jihadis against "Jews and Crusaders". It is the same with the Bush administration spinning a "war on terror": James Woolsey, a former Central Intelligence Agency head, believes this is the Fourth World War and conservative guru Samuel Huntington bets on, what else, a "clash of civilizations".

Al-Qaeda's biggest problem is that it has no legitimacy in the Middle East as far as the key issues, Palestine and Iraq, are concerned. Osama bin Laden and Ayman al-Zawahiri, al-Qaeda's No 2, were never interested in the Palestinian struggle. In Roy's formula, "Al-Qaeda represents the globalization of Islam, not of the Middle Eastern conflicts."

The Osama factor
Al-Qaeda is a nebula in total dispersion, locally and globally. Take Osama's audio-video productions: they are always delivered to the world via Islamabad, but the distribution chain is so fragmented that no one can go back to the source. Tribal chiefs protect bin Laden all over the Pakistan-Afghan border for two reasons: because he is a Muslim and because he fought in the anti-Soviet jihad in the 1980s. This has nothing to do with September 11 - which for tribal leaders is something akin to a trip to the moon - and it goes beyond the US$25 million bounty on bin Laden's head. Most Afghans don't like Arabs and blame them for every disaster in the last 25 years. But every tomb of an Arab killed by an American bomb in 2001 is honored like a holy place.

The experts in Brussels consider that the possible capture of Osama in the upcoming spring offensive may not change anything, because in the current global jihad modus operandi the "base" retains all the initiative.

Roy insists military muscle simply does not work: "We are able to fight al-Qaeda with police operations, intelligence and justice. On a political level, one must make sure that they don't have a social base: already they don't have a political wing, sympathizers, intellectuals, newspapers or unions. They must be isolated. There's only one way for this to happen: full integration of Muslims," That's the exact opposite of the stigma privileged by conservative governments and racist, xenophobic parties.

Key conclusions
According to the experts in the Brussels anti-terrorist cell, proving al-Qaeda's responsibility in the Madrid bombings will lead to three important conclusions:
1. Al-Qaeda is back in the spectacular attack business, even if the attack is perpetrated by affiliates.
2. Cells remain very much active around Europe, and the West as a whole remains a key target.
3. Global jihad has achieved one of its key objectives, which is to strike against one of Washington's allies in Iraq.

The repercussions of all these conclusions are of course immense - from Washington to all major European capitals and spilling to the arc from the Middle East to Central and South Asia.

Brussels also alerts that this happens independently of other al-Qaeda objectives which remain very much in place: the departure of all American soldiers from Saudi soil; the fall of the House of Saud; and the expulsion of Jews from the Middle East. Al-Qaeda's ultimate objective is a caliphate. As far as the absolute majority of Muslims in the world are concerned, the global jihad's most seductive appeal undoubtedly remains its struggle to end the American imperial control of Islamic lands.

Romano Prodi, head of the European Commission, says that force is not working against terrorism: "Terrorism now is more powerful than before." Most European politicians and intellectuals - apart from Blair, Berlusconi, Aznar and their friends - consider that the Bush administration's response to asymmetric warfare has only served to increase the threat. It's a classic reductio ad absurdum. Increasingly lethal American military muscle deployed all over the Islamic world has led to more lethal terrorist attacks, in the Islamic world and also in the West. More muscled defense of hard targets, or strategic targets, has led to more indiscriminate attacks on so-called soft targets (like the Madrid trains). Madrid is a tragic mirror of Baghdad and Karbala: more than 200 innocent workers and students died in Madrid, more than 200 innocent pilgrims died in Iraq.

Not only in Brussels or the European Parliament in Strasbourg is there practically a consensus that the beginning of a solution for the terrorism problem is the end of both the Israeli occupation of Palestine and the American occupation of Iraq. Madrid once again proved that terrorism practices the ultimate in nihilist politics. There's no possible diplomacy. No possible negotiation. It does not bend when attacked by military power. It has no territory and no population to defend, and no military or civil installations to protect. Al-Qaeda is not a Joint Chiefs of Staff: it is an idea. It commands faithful servants, not soldiers. It has nothing to do with war - as the Bush administration insists - and much less with a war on Iraq. One of the reasons invoked for the war on Iraq - the link between Saddam and al-Qaeda - was turned upside down: more al-Qaeda infiltration in the West is a consequence of the war, not less.

In the corridors of Brussels, and in the streets of Madrid, Barcelona, Rome, Milan, London and Paris, Europe was given a rude awakening. All the evidence now screams that reshaping the Middle East from a base in occupied Iraq is not leading to less terrorism: it is leading to hyperterrorism.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
The al-Qaeda franchise
By Richard Giragosian

Although the investigation into the recent bombings in Spain is still underway, three different scenarios have emerged, each of which suggests a number of worrisome issues, particularly in the context of the US-led "war on terror". The first scenario, pointing to the Basque ETA separatist organization as the culprits, was the initial reaction that emerged from Spanish authorities and remained firmly entrenched as Madrid's official position for some time.

Despite the fact that this ETA scenario seems increasingly unlikely as the investigation proceeds, initial analysis was grounded in the fact that the explosives and detonators used in the bombings were allegedly linked to the ETA organization. But this factor was the only positive linkage, as the other elements were rooted in either the negative - such as clues pointing away from traditional ETA methods - to the speculative, mainly resting on the political choreography that the attacks were aimed at disrupting Spain's national election.

The second scenario under consideration focuses on al-Qaeda, with the assistance of local activists. Obviously, other factors moving the inquiry in this direction include the arrest and links to the bombings of three Moroccans with allegedly extensive ties to al-Qaeda, the discovery of a stolen van with Koranic tapes and the video release claiming al-Qaeda responsibility. According to this scenario, the bombings represent the al-Qaeda network's first major attack on Europe proper and pose several new troubling developments for the anti-terror movement.

The most notable development in this case includes a modification of tactics by al-Qaeda, moving away from its traditional use of suicide bombers and utilizing synchronized bombs triggered remotely, as well as a more sophisticated recognition of the political vulnerabilities of Western democracies and their inherent susceptibility to properly timed terrorist disruptions. The most interesting implication from this scenario is the suggestion that al-Qaeda has succeeded in using the attacks as its own form of "regime change", forging a role in bringing down a Western government.

The most intriguing analysis, however, is found in the third scenario, suggesting a new alliance between radical elements of the ETA and the al-Qaeda network. This scenario rests on several important, although still somewhat disparate, factors. The first link in this analytical ETA-al-Qaeda chain rests with an individual: Yusuf Galan, a Spanish national (and Islam convert) charged with ties to al-Qaeda back in November 2001. The second link is operational, stemming from a reported record of ETA supplying explosives to Islamic terrorists in general, and to the Palestinian militant group Hamas, in particular. Such a linkage also raises fears in neighboring France, which has its own recent history of ETA members operating on its territory.

Adding to the complexity of the investigation, there is also a deeper level of troubling trends in this possible ETA-al-Qaeda combination. Specifically, the revelation that some 80 radical ETA militants were reportedly in Iraq prior to the war and that some were allegedly implicated in the November 2003 killing of seven Spanish intelligence agents in Suwayrah raise new fears of a renewed terror threat. In fact, two of these 80 radical ETA members that were in Iraq were later arrest by the Spanish authorities as they attempted to transport some 500 kilograms of explosives to Madrid on February 29. Endowing ETA with a new global reach based on a tactical alliance with the al-Qaeda network and/or the Iraqi insurgency would significantly "raise the stakes" in the current round of the war on terrorism, with troubling implications for a Europe set to become only more vulnerable with the looming expansion of its visa-free borders.

Regardless of which scenario turns out to be the most accurate, there is perhaps an even more significant lesson that this speculation over the responsibility for the attacks has tended to obscure: what it reveals about the transformation of al-Qaeda. Even in the event that al-Qaeda itself is not directly involved in the bombings, the renewed focus on the group has demonstrated that it has substantially changed from Osama bin Laden's al-Qaeda of September 11, 2001. This transformation consists of a move from what is defined as al-Qaeda from the "corporate terrorism" structure under bin Laden's direct control to what has more recently been termed as a "terror franchise". The attacks in Morocco and Turkey, well before Spain, were what first revealed this "phased transition". The threat is now posed by "al-Qaeda the movement" and not "al-Qaeda the international terrorist organization". Such a decentralizing, broadening shift away from the original al-Qaeda organization into a new more diverse array of local, more distantly linked affiliates makes targeting its center of gravity, or even acquiring the target, especially difficult.

Moreover, this new al-Qaeda movement also incorporates the local offshoots of radical Islamic groups as more autonomous franchises throughout the periphery of the Islamic world. Matched by a more localized focus, this movement is marked by local operators acting on their own soil (local Turks involved with the attacks in Turkey, local Moroccans carrying out the attacks in Morocco, etc) with little or no global reach but using the tenets of al-Qaeda to enhance their standing within their own smaller arena of operations. And although arguably to bolster the global jihad, the priority is on promoting the image, appeal, and even the recruiting opportunities of home-grown groups in their home countries. This is also seen by the increased activity in peripheral states of Indonesia, the Philippines, and most recently even in the West African nation of Chad.

This also seems to be reflected in the current strategy of the remnants of the bin Laden al-Qaeda organization, still struggling to regroup and hindered by a greatly weakened command and control structure. For the al-Qaeda organization, its priorities are Iraq and its remaining refuge along the Pakistani-Afghan border. The attacks carried out under the banner of al-Qaeda by the local, but remote affiliates serve to uphold the broader struggle, an important element, but no longer exhibiting the extensive preparations and global ambitions of the previous al-Qaeda. Thus, it seems likely that attacks in the name of the al-Qaeda movement will continue and most likely spread, but will be limited more to attacks of opportunity than of global strategy and increasingly isolated to the fringe areas of the periphery.

The course of this new al-Qaeda movement is not without historical parallel, however. In fact, there is an ironic similarity between the ideological justification and tactical support provided by the Soviet Union to the international communist movement of the 20th century, whereby so-called communists waged wars of national liberation and/or outright terrorism in the name of an overarching communist ideology in such remote places as small, isolated countries in Central America, Africa or even in parts of Europe through urban terrorism. But in the case of these operatives, including such urban-focused terrorist groups as the Red Brigades, Action Directe, Baader-Meinhoff and others, their viability proved short-lived, with an intensity so destructive that it eventually turned on itself. It remains to be seen whether the al-Qaeda movement will meet the same demise.

Richard Giragosianis a Washington-based analyst specializing in international relations and military security in the former Soviet Union, the Middle East and the Asia-Pacific region.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Madrid: UN's credibility critically wounded
By Ritt Goldstein

Within hours of Thursday's fateful Madrid blasts the United Nations Security Council met. During a five minute session the council's 15 members unanimously adopted a resolution condemning the Basque separatist group ETA for the deadly attacks. But as it became increasingly clear that ETA was not responsible, questions of attempted manipulation of the public were abundant.

Spain's ruling Popular Party went down in defeat to the Socialists in Sunday's national election. It did so amid accusations that the government had withheld information on the bombings in an effort to influence the forthcoming vote.

A tough line on ETA had long been part of the Popular Party's platform. If indeed such a horrific ETA attack occurred, it would be certain to win Prime Minister Jose Maria Aznar's chosen successor the prime ministership. But with the Iraq war strongly unpopular among Spaniards, Islamic jihadi involvement in Thursday's nightmare would have grave implications for the Popular Party's votes, and it indeed did.

Despite doubts among experts in many corners, the Spanish government's reaction to Thursday's tragedy was immediate. Spain's interior minister, Angel Acebes, demanded that there was "no doubt" with regard to ETA's responsibility. But while Spanish passions could well be expected to influence judgement, what of the 14 remaining members of the Security Council? And notably, this was the first instance of a terrorist attack where any group was ever explicitly condemned by the council, let alone done so in five minutes.

Explaining how ETA came to be blamed, the council's French president, Ambassador Jean-Marc de la Sabliere, said: "The Spanish government stated that, and the Spanish delegation has asked the council to put this element in their resolution and members of the council accepted it." The US ambassador to the United Nation, John Negroponte, explained that blame was assigned to ETA at the Spanish government's urging, and because "it is the judgement of the government of Spain that these attacks were carried out by ETA and we have no information to the contrary".

Though repeated questions were raised in many quarters, and the head of Europol, Juergen Storbeck, had voiced reservations regarding ETA's involvement, the Security Council nevertheless chose to condemn ETA. But the fact that council members such as the US and France chose to portray their action based upon the Spanish government's wishes, illustrated a concurrent distancing from the decision. The council's actions were appreciated as questionable from their outset.

On Saturday, as Spanish protesters accused their government of attempting to promote the theory of ETA's responsibility for its political advantage, Acebes repeatedly insisted that ETA was the prime suspect. But on Thursday, the Spanish police had already found a van containing detonators and a tape of Koranic verses, ETA had issued a rare denial of responsibility and concurrently blamed "an operation of the Arab resistance" and an al-Qaeda related group had claimed the act as their own. Something else was uncovered as well.

In Thursday's alleged al-Qaeda letter claiming responsibility, the group Abu Hafs al-Masri Brigades taunted Aznar and the coalition forces, saying: "Aznar, where is America? Who will protect you, Britain, Japan, Italy and others from us?" The specter of the "war on terrorism" bringing the terrorism increases that had been warned of by Western intelligence services became suddenly real. And the vulnerability of the Iraq Coalition's democratic governments to be voted from office - many of these governments supporting the war in spite of substantive popular protest - became a reality too.

The Spanish government is the first of those in this category to fall, in spite of the Security Council's action which might have given it the legitimacy to continue. And efforts were made to maintain that legitimacy, to cite ETA as potentially involved - both within Spain and abroad - through Sunday's election.

A Sunday Reuters article reported that: "Some Spaniards were vitriolic in accusing Aznar of 'manipulating' public opinion over the bombings." And on Sunday's national US television, Secretary of State Colin Powell, Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld and National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice all insisted that there was insufficient information to know who was responsible for the Madrid attacks. But this was long after Thursday's Security Council resolution naming ETA, and with an apparent election debacle facing Spain's war supporters that very day.

Notably, the Bush administration has claimed al-Qaeda activity at every opportunity. Their failure to do so here, and in the face of substantive evidence of Islamic jihadi activity, being the one curious exception.

Highlighting another agenda, all three US officials argued that the Madrid attacks should firm world resolve in the "war on terror", with Rice insisting the war was being won. Their television appearances could be described as containing elements of a "pep talk". But as the new Spanish prime minister, Jose Luis Rodriguez Zapatero, has just said that he will recall Spain's 1,300 Iraqi peacekeeping troops by June 30, the rationale behind a broad effort to preserve and promote war on terror support becomes more apparent.

In a statement laden with paradox, Rumsfeld likened the coalition efforts to helping "the neighborhood children against the bully". But the secretary appears to have blithely forgotten the accusations by many UN members of Bush administration bullying in the run-up to the Iraq War.

Much to his credit, UN Secretary General Kofi Annan repeatedly avoided media queries as regards responsibility for Madrid, but simultaneously demonstrated the UN's weakness in the face of big-power politics. Notably, it was the fate of the UN's predecessor, the League of Nations, to fall during the 1930's as the world's major powers of the time chose to pursue paths of national expediency rather than multilateral interest.

A 1999 report by the US Department of Defense emphasized that the existence of a multilateral world, a multipolar world, was the best way to ensure lasting global stability. But it warned that: "International systems tend to last two to three generations. They are both created and destroyed by large-scale conflict. Like complex biological systems, international systems appear to go through life cycles with birth, flexibility in youth, more rigidity as the system matures, and demise."

Many international diplomats have recently called for the UN's "revision and renewal", and particularly a revised design for the Security Council.

(Copyright 2004 Asia Times Online Ltd. All rights reserved. Please contact content@atimes.com for information on our sales and syndication policies.)



Posted by maximpost at 4:38 PM EST
Permalink

>> UN WATCH...

U.N. Will Probe Its Oil for Food Program
Phil Brennan
Tuesday, Mar. 16, 2004
"Mother's-milky though it sounds, the oil-for-food program has enough graft, mismanagement, and Saddam strengthening patronage to turn one permanently against both oil and food.
A real critique could occupy volumes -- and does, in fact, occupy much of an exhaustive analysis, titled "Sources of Revenue for Saddam and Sons," recently issued by the Washington-based Coalition for International Justice, a group that monitors human-rights abuses around the world.
So wrote Tish Durkin way back in the October 7, 2002 National Journal in a blistering critique of the U.N.'s graft-ridden oil for food program supposed to provide aid for Iraq's people devastated by the U.N. embargo.
Nobody paid much attention then, but new revelations are now proving there was much more to the story than the facts she presented in her article in which she complained that nobody was minding the store.
"Through regular but vague accounting practices, the members of the Security Council are kept apprised of how much money has been earned through the program, and how much has been allocated to each sector," she wrote.
"But they do not know how much has been spent, or on what. Incredibly, the oil-for-food program has never been audited. Yes: one madman, 10 agencies, 15 independently self-interested Security Council members, more than 50 billion smackers, zero audits," she added.
It now develops that instead of providing help for innocent Iraqi's, the Oil for Food program became a gigantic multi-billion slush fund which Saddam Hussein, Durkin's "madman" used to reward his supporters abroad, including, it is now alleged, the program's top U.N. executive.
It is now clear that Saddam Hussein bribed his way around the world, buying the support of presidents, ministers, legislators, political parties and Christian churches, documents published in Iraq show.
In a report on March 1, 2004, "U.N. Oil-for-Food Scam: Time for Hearings," the Heritage Foundation's Nile Gardiner, Ph.D., and James Phillips cited a New York Times story which reported, "Saddam Hussein's government systematically extracted billions of dollars in kickbacks from companies doing business with Iraq, funneling most of the illicit funds through a network of foreign bank accounts in violation of United Nations sanctions."
Confirming Suspicions
According to Heritage, "The evidence emerging from Baghdad confirms the suspicions of the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO), which had earlier estimated that the Iraqi regime generated several billion dollars in illicit earnings through surcharges and oil smuggling in the period between 1997 and 2001."
Just how Saddam Hussein abused the United Nation's oil-for-food program is becoming clear with the release by the Iraqi Governing Council charging that the program was systematically looted by Saddam.
"In effect the program," Heritage noted, was little more than "an open bazaar of payoffs, favoritism and kickbacks. The seriousness of these charges warrants investigation by the U.S. Congress and an independent, Security Council-appointed commission."
And "Monday Morning," a Lebanese magazine summed up the emerging scandal when they reported that Iraq's suppliers included Russian factories, Arab trade brokers, European manufacturers and state-owned companies in China and the Middle East. It estimated that Saddam Hussein's government would have collected as much as 2.3 billion dollars of the 32.6 billion dollars' worth of contracts it signed since mid-2000, when the kickback system began.
The system was in operation at the same time when Saddam's government and its supporters were complaining that U.N. sanctions against Iraq were causing starvation and misery among its people, the paper indicated.
"Everybody was feeding off the carcass of what was Iraq", Ali Allawi, a former World Bank official who is now interim Iraqi trade minister, told the Times.
U.N. officials told the newspaper they were unaware of the systematic skimming of oil-for-food revenues, saying they were focused on running aid programs and assuring food deliveries.
Not surprisingly, Benon Sevan, director of the U.N. Office of Iraq Programs, declined to be interviewed about the oil-for-food program.
In written responses to questions sent by e-mail, his office said he learned of the kickback scheme from the occupation authority only after the end of major combat operations in Iraq last year.
After refusing demands that it investigate its Oil For food program the United Nations has now given into international pressure and says it will look into the scandal ridden operation run by one of its top officials who himself has been implicated in the alleged corruption surrounding it.
U.N. Caves In
According to Britain's Telegraph newspaper, the U.N. caved in and agreed to an investigation on the heels of charges by Iraq's governing council that U.N. officials were involved in what amounted to a bribery set-up by Saddam, which apparently granted proceeds from the sale of million of barrels of oil to friendly politicians, officials and businessmen around the world.
The Iraqis have hired KPMG an accounting firm and an international law firm, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer, to investigate claims that huge sums of money meant to buy food and medicine for ordinary Iraqis - were diverted through oil "vouchers" to line pockets abroad, the Daily Telegraph reported.
"It will not come as a surprise if the Oil-for-Food Program turns out to have been one of the world's most disgraceful scams, and an example of inadequate control, responsibility and transparency, providing an opportune vehicle for Saddam Hussein to operate under the U.N. aegis to continue his reign of terror and oppression," wrote Claude Hankes-Drielsma, a British businessman in a March 3 letter to Kofi Annan, the U.N. Secretary General.
The U.N., he charged, appeared to have "failed in its responsibility" to the Iraqi people and to the international community.
Among those implicated in the scandal was Benon Sevan, the Assistant Secretary General - director of Oil-for-Food since 1996. Sevan is on vacation until the end of April, when he is due to retire from the United Nations Secretariat, a U.N. spokesman told the Telegraph.
Sevan's name is among those cited in documents allegedly recovered from Baghdad's Oil Ministry that are at the heart of the investigation launched by the Iraqi Governing Council.
In Receipt of Oil Vouchers
In January, an Iraqi newspaper published a list of 270 individuals and organizations which allegedly received oil vouchers up to 1999. It is not known if the documents on which the list was based are authentic.
The Iraqi Oil Ministry recently released a partial list of names of individuals and companies from across the world that received oil from Saddam Hussein's regime, allegedly at below-market prices.
Unsurprisingly, French and Russian names dominate the list, with former French Interior Minister Charles Pasqua and the "director of the Russian President's office" listed as beneficiaries.
The list also implicates Sevan, who has denied any wrongdoing and said he was only following orders when running the program.
Hankes-Drielsma first alerted Annan to the potential scandal last December and asked him to instigate an "independent commission." In a letter dated December 5, he wrote of his belief that "serious transgressions have taken place" and urged the U.N. to start an inquiry to "take the moral high ground and the initiative in demonstrating to the world that those guilty will be brought to account."
He launched the governing council probe after Annan offered no response to the documents from the Oil Ministry. KPMG accountants and the Freshfields law firm have been instructed to investigate a list of irregularities including:
U.N. approval of oil contracts to "non-end users" - middlemen who sold their stake on for a profit.

A standard 10 per cent addition to the value of oil invoices, which generated up to ?2.2 billion in illegal cash funds for Saddam.
A fee of two per cent, levied on all oil-for-food transactions to allow the U.N. to inspect all food and medical imports - which does not appear to have been effectively spent since food was rotten and medicines out of date.
The role of Middle Eastern banks, their auditing and their possible suspected connection to Saddam's secret service.
Hankes-Drielsma described three documents to the Telegraph on which he said Sevan's name appeared, and said: "Our report will clarify the details." One is headed, "Quantity of Oil Allocated and Given to Benon Sevan," and records 1.8 million barrels allocated to Mr. Sevan.
Sevan issued a denial in response to A Wall Street Journal Feb. 9 article. There is absolutely no substance to the allegations . . . that I had received oil or oil monies from the former Iraqi regime," he said through a spokesman.
"Those making the allegations should come forward and provide the necessary documentary evidence."
The Heritage report concluded that the abuse of the oil-for-food program was the result of a staggering management failure on the part of the United Nations and has raised troubling questions about the credibility and competence of the world organization.
Several conclusions can be drawn:
The oil-for-food debacle reinforces the need for sweeping reform of the United Nations bureaucracy and the need for an annual external audit if its accounts.
Senior U.N. bureaucrats with responsibility for running the oil-for-food program should be investigated and held accountable for their actions. In particular, the role played by Benon V. Sevan, executive director of the Office of Iraq Programs, should be carefully scrutinized.
If the allegations against Mr. Sevan are true, he must be prosecuted.
Overall responsibility for the program's failure should lie with U.N. Secretary General Kofi Annan, who in effect turned a blind eye to one of the biggest financial scandals of modern times. The U.N.'s inability to successfully manage the oil-for-food program represents a spectacular failure of leadership on the part of Mr. Annan.
The mismanagement of the oil-for-food program raises serious doubts about the U.N.'s ability to manage future programs of a similar scale.
The United Nations should never again be placed in charge of the administration of an international sanctions regime.
Call for Prosecutions
The links between Saddam Hussein's regime and leading European companies and politicians were extensive. The United States should call for those who violated the sanctions regime to be prosecuted by their governments.
The United States was right to exclude the U.N. from a key role in administering post-war Iraq - the U.N. was clearly incapable of performing such a function.
The Pentagon was right to bar companies from nations who had opposed regime change in Iraq, such as France and Russia, from bidding for U.S.-funded contracts for the rebuilding of Iraq. Russian and French companies in particular benefited from the exploitation of the oil-for-food program.
Added the Wall Street Journal, "There is no doubt that the U.N. relief effort in Iraq has been a global scandal. A monstrous dictator was able to turn the Oil-for-Food program into a cash cow for himself and his inner circle, leaving Iraqis further deprived as he bought influence abroad and acquired the arms and munitions that coalition forces discovered when they invaded Iraq last spring."
This, by the way, is the same United Nations to which John Kerry and his Democrat friends want the U.S. to hand over control of our foreign policy.

----------------------------------------------------

Russian nuclear warheads help power America
Sun 14 March, 2004 20:34
By Nigel Hunt
LOS ANGELES (Reuters) - Few Americans realise that uranium once intended to destroy their civilisation is now helping to keep it very much alive by powering televisions, microwaving dinners and chilling beer.
Uranium extracted from Russian nuclear warheads helps supply about 10 percent of U.S. electricity, according to USEC, which has charge of the "Megatons to Megawatts" project that has helped Russia reap profits from previously loss-making nuclear disarmament.
The Bethesda, Maryland-based company purchases uranium taken from dismantled Russian nuclear warheads under a 1993 U.S.-Russian nonproliferation agreement.
The treaty was designed to lower the risk of the Russian uranium falling into the wrong hands and posing a security risk. The highly enriched mineral from the warheads is diluted in Russia prior to shipment to the United States.
USEC then sells the uranium to operators of nuclear plants that supply about 20 percent of electricity in the United States.
The company is the world's leading supplier of uranium to nuclear power plants. The U.S. government created USEC in the early 1990s as part of its restructuring of its uranium enrichment operation. Privatisation was completed in 1998.
USEC sells the grade of uranium used in power plants, known as low enriched uranium, in both the United States and overseas. Sales of its Russian material are limited to the United States.
Chief Executive William Timbers said about half of the uranium used by U.S. nuclear plants currently comes from Russian warheads.
The programme is scheduled to run for 20 years. During the first decade, about 8,000 nuclear warheads were dismantled with the uranium extracted and used in U.S. power plants.
PROFITABLE DISARMAMENT
"It has transformed the prior loss-making process of nuclear disarmament into an economically effective one," Valeriy Govorukhin, Russia's deputy minister of atomic energy, said in an interview earlier this year.
"For Russia, this contract has not only contributed to an increase in international security, but has also been an important source for economic growth," he added.
USEC had 2003 revenue of $1.46 billion (810 million pounds). It reported a modest profit of $10.7 million last year, compared with a 2002 loss of $3.3 million, and its stock has been climbing during the last 12 months.
The company's shares were trading around $8.10 on the New York Stock Exchange on Friday, near the upper end of its 52-week range of $5.20 to $9.
Timbers said additional Russian uranium would probably be available when the programme is due to end, raising the possibility it could be extended.
Such a move would depend on the U.S. and Russian governments because the programme was signed at a presidential level.
With power plants' demand for this uranium roughly equal to the supply, the United States would have to return to a method of electricity generation that has been out of favour for more than 20 years to justify expanding the U.S.-Russian programme or developing similar ones.
"If there are to be more similar programmes with other countries, there needs to be an expansion of demand (for uranium)," Timbers said. "We need additional nuclear power plants."
SAFETY CONCERNS
Nuclear power fell out of favour partly due to safety concerns following an accident in 1979 at the Three Mile Island plant in Pennsylvania.
Nearly 200,000 people fled their homes and local schools were temporarily closed after operator error resulted in parts of the core beginning to melt and traces of radioactive iodine were detected in nearby communities.
Massive cost overruns at the Seabrook nuclear plant in New Hampshire contributed to the bankruptcy of utility Public Service Company of New Hampshire in 1988, further dampening enthusiasm for embarking on such projects.
Sentiment has begun to change, however, as the United States seeks ways to meet growing demand for electricity amid increasing environmental concerns about the greenhouse gases emitted by the leading source, coal-fired power plants.
Nuclear plants emit virtually no greenhouse gases.
"New ground is being broken, activity is going on," Timbers said, noting newer designs for nuclear power plants are simpler in design and had lower construction costs.
U.S. Energy Secretary Spencer Abraham recently pointed to the development of new "meltdown-proof and proliferation-resistant" nuclear plants as one of the keys to meeting the nation's growing demand for energy.
If the Bush administration's dream becomes a reality, then America's energy future could become increasingly dependent on a legacy from an era when their very existence appeared to be threatened -- massive stockpiles of Cold War nuclear weapons.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------


What did Musharraf know?
Arnaud de Borchgrave
Saturday, March 6, 2004
Pakistan's nuclear hybrid - half Dr. Strangelove and half Dr. No - was arguably the world's most dangerous criminal. Abdul Qadeer Khan is the only proliferator of weapons of mass destruction the world has known since the advent of the atomic age in 1945.
Worse, he sold his country's nuclear secrets for profit to America's self-avowed enemies - North Korea, Iran and Libya. His motives were also hybrid - both greed and creed.
His Islamist fundamentalist ideology led him to believe it was within his power to make invincible America vincible. As the father of Pakistan's nuclear arsenal, he was his country's most precious asset - and in the Pakistani pantheon of national heroes he was only a whisker below Mohammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of the Pakistani state.
Yet President Pervez Musharraf pardoned the global criminal and allowed him to keep his ill-gotten gains, in return for which Mr. Khan went on national television and said - in English rather than Urdu, the national language - he was truly sorry and had acted strictly alone, unbeknownst to anyone else in the Pakistani government.
If Mr. Musharraf can pardon Mr. Khan, why can't he pardon Pakistan's two most important political leaders - Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif, both former prime ministers - who are living in exile, and are still the recognized heads of Pakistan's two principal political parties?
Next to Mr. Khan's global nuclear Wal-Mart, the corruption charges against Mrs. Bhutto and Mr. Sharif are teensy-weensy. Both these leaders can testify that while they were in power at different times, military officials and scientists approached them seeking permission to export nuclear technology. Tired of being turned down, they went ahead anyway. Clearly, Mr. Khan was not acting on his own.
The only problem with the carefully rehearsed charade is that no one believed the story. Not Mr. Musharraf's I-had-no-idea disclaimer, nor Mr. Khan's act of contrition. So why did Mr. Musharraf agree to the giveaway show? The alternative - which would have been to tell the truth - would have been tantamount to scuttling the ship of state. Because it is inconceivable the all-powerful Inter-Services Intelligence spy agency wasn't aware of Mr. Khan's six trips to the hermit communist kingdom of North Korea.
Mr. Khan was Pakistan's most precious national asset, and ISI and ranking military officers were in charge of protecting the man who owned the country's crown jewels and who could be kidnapped or gunned down at anytime. What is more than likely is that ISI knew about Mr. Khan's nuclear rackets but didn't tell Mr. Musharraf because of the Pakistani leader's close rapport with U.S. President Bush.
Mr. Musharraf claimed the first specific details of Mr. Khan's global operations came from U.S. Deputy Secretary of State Richard Armitage and Gen. John Abizaid, head of U.S. Central Command, when they called on him last October.
But Mr. Khan begun spinning his worldwide web of nuclear skullduggery 18 years ago, at the height of the war against the Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, while the previous military dictator, Gen. Zia ul-Haq, was in power. His network of intermediaries stretched from Malaysia to Pakistan to Dubai, Istanbul, Tripoli and Casablanca and a small Swiss town, and employed nationals from Asia, the Middle East, North Africa and Europe.
It is becoming increasingly obvious Mr. Khan's clandestine activities paralleled closely the actions of several Pakistani governments. In 1984, for example, a partnership was concluded between Iran's Atomic Energy Organization and Pakistan's Atomic Energy Commission. Also in 1984, Gnadi Mohammad Mragih, director of Iran's Nuclear Technology Center in Isfahan, visited Pakistan's super-secret Kahuta nuclear complex to meet with Mr. Khan.
In 1991, no less than three Iranian delegations came to Kahuta. An Iranian general who commanded the Iranian Revolutionary Guards led one of them. Again in 1991, the Pakistani chief of army staff went to Iran to sign a secret protocol on uranium enrichment technology.
Pakistan's nuclear ambitions are invariably portrayed as an answer to India's first nuclear test explosion in 1974. But the Maldon Institute reminds us their origin predates India's big bang. Pakistan's massive military defeat by Indian forces in 1971 was the energizer. This was when India rolled up East Pakistan and Bangladesh won its war of national liberation.
Following Pakistan's humiliation, Prime Minister Ali Bhutto (Benazir's father, who was executed by President Zia) vowed Pakistanis would "eat grass if necessary" to develop nuclear weapons. Mr. Bhutto asked Mr. Khan, an engineer by training, to return home from the Netherlands to head the program. He did so, armed with stolen Dutch plans for a uranium enrichment plant.
Since then, Mr. Khan has served seven successive governments that always gave him and his nuclear efforts top priority for funds and materials. At a conference of Islamic states in 1974, Mr. Bhutto announced Pakistan would produce an "Islamic bomb," which would be the foundation for Islamic countries to acquire strategic military capacities to counter other nuclear weapons powers.
Pakistani leaders denied time and again the country had a nuclear weapons program - until 1998, when Mr. Sharif declared Pakistan a nuclear power, punctuated with five nuclear bomb tests that followed five Indian bangs the week before.
It is inconceivable Mr. Khan, for three decades, could have indulged in such extensive nuclear proliferation without the knowledge and acquiescence of ISI and the military high command. Mr. Musharraf was army chief of staff prior to seizing the presidency in October 1999.
What did Mr. Musharraf know - and when did he know it - are the kind of lese-majeste questions Pakistani journalists who wish to stay healthy don't ask.

Arnaud de Borchgrave is editor at large of The Washington Times and of United Press International.

















































>> SAY IT AINT SO...


Report: Saddam Harbored Terrorists Who Killed Americans
http://www.newsmax.com/archives/ic/2004/3/14/141831.shtml


Saddam Hussein supplied financial support, training and shelter for an array of deadly terrorist organizations right up until the onset of the Iraq war a year ago, including such notorious groups as Hamas, Ansar al-Islam, the Palestinian Liberation Front, the Abu Nidal Organization and the Arab Liberation Front, according to a comprehensive report released by the Hudson Institute.

Titled "Saddam's Philanthropy of Terror," the report details the role played by terrorists supported by Saddam's regime in an array of infamous attacks that have killed hundreds of American citizens both inside and outside the U.S. before and after the Sept. 11 attacks - including the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro, the 1988 bombing of Pan Am Flight 103, the 1993 World Trade Center bombing and the Palestinian Intifada.

Compiled by Deroy Murdock, a Senior Fellow with the Atlas Economic Research Foundation in Fairfax, Va., and columnist with the Scripps Howard News Service, the report chronicles Saddam's support for:


Abdul Rahman Yasin, who was indicted for mixing the chemicals for the bomb used in the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, which killed six New Yorkers and injured over 1,000. Yasin fled to Baghdad after the attack, where he was given sanctuary and lived for years afterward.

Khala Khadar al-Salahat, a top Palestinian deputy to Abu Nidal, who reportedly furnished Libyan agents with the Semtex explosive used to blow up Pan Am Flight 103 in December 1988. The attack killed all 259 passengers, including 189 Americans. Al-Salahat was in Baghdad last April and was taken into custody by U.S. Marines.

Abu Nidal, whose terror organization is credited with dozens of attacks that killed over 400 people, including 10 Americans, and wounding 788 more. Nidal lived in Baghdad from 1999 till August 2002, when he was found shot to death in his state-supplied home.

Abu Abbas, who masterminded the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship, during which wheelchair-bound American Leon Klinghoffer was pushed over the side to his death. U.S. troops captured Abbas in Baghdad on April 14, 2003. He died in U.S. custody last week.

Abu Musab al Zarqawi, who ran an Ansar al-Islam terrorist training camp in northern Iraq and reportedly arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Jordan. Al Zarqawi is still at large.

Ramzi Yousef, who entered the U.S. on an Iraqi passport and was the architect of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing as well as Operation Bojinka, a foiled plot to explode 12 U.S. airliners over the Pacific. Bojinka was later adopted by Yousef's cousin Khalid Shaikh Mohammed as the blueprint for the Sept. 11 attacks.
Arrested in Pakistan in 1995, Yousef is currently serving a triple life sentence in Colorado's Supermax federal lockup.


Mahmoud Besharat, the Palestinian businessman who traveled to Baghdad in March 2002 to collect funding from Saddam for the Palestinian Intifada. Besharat and others disbursed the funds in payments of $10,000 to $25,000 to West Bank families of terrorists who died trying to kill Israelis.
After Saddam announced his Intifada reward plan, 28 Palestinian homicide bombers killed 211 Israelis in attacks that also killed 12 Americans. A total of 1,209 people were injured.

For more details on Saddam Hussein's sponsorship of the terrorist networks that killed hundreds of innocent U.S. citizens, go to: http://www.hudson.org/files/publications/murdocksaddamarticle.pdf

Editor's note:




http://www.hudson.org/files/publications/murdocksaddamarticle.pdf
Saddam Hussein's
Philanthropy of Terror
International
Relations
Emergency workers treat one of the 1,042 individuals injured in the February 1993 World Trade Center bombing. This attack also
killed six people. Abdul Rahman Yasin (inset), indicted for mixing the chemicals in that bomb, fled to Baghdad after the attack and
lived there for years afterward.
46 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3 47
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
Many critics of the war in Iraq belittle claims of Saddam Hussein's ties to
terrorism. In fact, for years, he was militant Islam's Benefactor-in-Chief.
Deroy Murdock
"Inever believed in the link between Saddam Hussein, Osama bin Laden, al Qaeda, and Islamist terrorism," former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright flatly declared in an October 21 essay published in Australia's Melbourne Herald Sun.i "Iraq was not a breeding ground for terrorism. Our invasion has made it one," said Senator Ted Kennedy (D-Massachusetts) on October 16. "We were told Iraq was attracting terrorists from al Qaeda. It was not."ii As President Bush continues to lead America's involvement in Iraq, he increasingly is being forced to confront those who dismiss Saddam Hussein's ties to terrorism and, thus, belittle a key rationale for Operation Iraqi Freedom. Bush's critics wield a flimsy and disingenuous argument that nonetheless enjoys growing appeal among a largely hostile press corps. Hussein did not personally order the September 11 attacks, the fuzzy logic goes, hence he has no significant ties to terrorists, especially al Qaeda. Consequently, the Iraq war was launched under bogus assumptions, and, therefore, Bush should be defeated in November 2004. West Virginia's Jay Rockefeller, the Senate Intelligence Committee's ranking Democrat, exemplified this thinking recently when he told the Los Angeles Times that Iraq's alleged al Qaeda ties were "tenuous at best and not compelling."iii In a September 16 editorial, the L.A. Times slammed Vice President Dick Cheney for making "sweeping, unproven claims about Saddam Hussein's connections to terrorism." On August 7, former vice president Albert Gore stated flatly, "The evidence now shows clearly that Saddam did not want to work with Osama bin Laden at all."iv All of these claims about a lack of ties between Hussein and terrorists, however, are untrue, and it is important that debate on this vital issue be informed After running an al Qaeda training camp in Afghanistan, Abu Musab al Zarqawi received medical care in Baghdad once the Taliban fell. He opened an Ansar al-Islam camp in northern Iraq and reportedly arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Jordan. Zarqawi is at large.
Abu Abbas masterminded the 1985 hijacking of the ocean liner Achille Lauro during which American retiree Leon Klinghoffer was murdered. U.S. troops captured Abbas in Baghdad last April 14. Iraqi Ramzi Yousef, architect of the 1993 World Trade Center bombing, arrived in America on an Iraqi passport before fleeing after the attack on Pakistani papers.
Abu Nidal's terrorist gang killed 407 people, including 10 Americans, and wounded 788 more. He lived in Baghdad between 1999 and his mysterious shooting death in August 2002.
48 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
by facts. The president and his national security team should devote entire speeches and publications--complete with names, documents, and visuals, including the faces of terrorists and their innocent victims--to remind Americans and the world that Baathist Iraq was a general store for terrorists, complete with cash, training, lodging, and medical attention.
Indeed, this magazine
article could serve as a model for the kinds of communications that the administration regularly should generate to set the record straight about Hussein and terrorism and reassert the reasons behind the Iraq mission. Such an effort to reinvigorate U.S. public diplomacy on Iraq should be easy. After all, the evidence of Hussein's cooperation with and support for global terrorists is abundant and increasing, to wit:
Saddam Hussein's Habitual Support for Terrorists Both supporters and opponents of Islamic terror have provided abundant evidence of Hussein's aid for a wide array of terrorists. Consider the following.
* Hussein paid bonuses of up to $25,000 to the families of Palestinian homicide bombers.
"President Saddam Hussein has recently told the head of the Palestinian political office, Faroq al Kaddoumi, his decision to raise the sum granted to each family of the martyrs of the Palestinian uprising to $25,000 instead of $10,000," Iraq's former deputy prime minister, Tariq Aziz, announced at a Baghdad meeting of Arab politicians and businessmen on March 11, 2002, Reuters reported two days later.v
Mahmoud Besharat, who the White House says disbursed these funds across the West Bank, gratefully said, "You would have to ask President Saddam why he is being so generous. But he is a revolutionary and he wants this distinguished struggle, the intifada, to continue."vi
Such largesse poured forth until the eve of the Iraq war. As Knight-Ridder's Carol Rosenberg reported from Gaza City last March 13: "In a graduation-style ceremony Wednesday, the families of 22 Palestinians killed fighting Israelis received checks for $10,000 or more, certificates of appreciation and a kiss on each cheek--compliments of Iraq's Saddam Hussein." She added: "The certificates declared the gift from President Saddam Hussein; the checks were cut at a Gaza branch of the Cairo-Amman bank." This festivity, attended by some 400 people and organized by the then-Baghdad-backed Arab Liberation Front, occurred March 12, just eight days before American-led troops crossed the Iraqi frontier.vii
Hussein's patronage of Palestinian terror proved fatally fruitful. Between the March 11, 2002, increase in cash incentives to $25,000 and the March 20, 2003, launch of Operation Iraqi Freedom, 28 homicide bombers injured 1,209 people and killed 223 more, including 12 Americans.viii
* According to the U.S. State Department's May 21, 2002, report on Patterns of Global Terrorism,ix the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO), the Arab Liberation Front, Hamas, the Kurdistan Workers' Party, the Mujahedin-e-Khalq Organization, and the Palestine Liberation Front all operated offices or bases in Hussein's Iraq. Hussein's hospitality toward these mass murderers directly violated United Nations Security Council Resolution 687, which prohibited him from granting safe haven to or otherwise sponsoring terrorists.
* Key terrorists enjoyed Hussein's warmth, some so recently that Coalition forces subsequently found them alive and well and living in Iraq. Among them:
* U.S. Special Forces nabbed Abu Abbas last April 14 just outside Baghdad. Abbas masterminded the October 7-9, 1985, Achille Lauro cruise ship hijacking in which Abbas's men shot passenger Leon Klinghoffer, a 69-year old Manhattan retiree, then rolled him, wheelchair and all, into the Mediterranean. Abbas briefly was in Italian custody at the time, but was released that October 12 because he possessed an Iraqi diplomatic passport.
Since 2000, Abbas
September 11 hijackers Nawaz al-Hamzi (left) and Khalid al-Midhar (right) were on American Airlines Flight 77 when it slammed into the Pentagon and killed 216 people. The two terrorists reportedly met Iraqi VIP airport greeter Ahmad Hikmat Shakir in Kuala Lampur, Malaysia, on January 5, 2000, whereupon he escorted them to a 9-11 planning summit with other al Qaeda members.
Khala Khadar al-Salahat, a top deputy to Palestinian terrorist Abu Nidal,
reportedly furnished Libyan agents the bomb that demolished Pan Am Flight 103 in December 1988. That attack killed all 259 on board and 11 on the ground in Lockerbie, Scotland. Baghdad resident al Salahat surrendered to U.S. Marines last April. Delaware exchange student John Buonocore, age 20, was among those killed when the Abu Nidal Organization (ANO) used guns and grenades to attack a TWA ticket counter at Rome's Leonardo Da Vinci airport in December 1986. The ANO maintained offices in Baghdad until U.S. troops liberated the Iraqi capital.
American Abigail Litle, the 14-year-old daughter of a Baptist minister, was killed by a Palestinian homicide bomber while riding a bus in Haifa, Israel, on March 5, 2003. Saddam Hussein paid bonuses of up to $25,000 to the families of terrorists who killed at least 223 people, including 11 other Americans.
49
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
resided in Baghdad, still under Saddam
Hussein's protection.x
* Khala Khadr al Salahat, a member of the ANO, surrendered to the First Marine Division in Baghdad on April 18. As the Sunday Times of London reported on August 25, 2002, a Palestinian source said that al Salahat and Nidal had furnished Libyan agents the Semtex bomb that destroyed Pan Am Flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland, on December 21, 1988, killing 259 on board and 11 on the ground. The 189 Americans murdered on the sabotaged Boeing 747 included 35 Syracuse University students who had spent the fall semester in Scotland and were heading home for the holidays.xi
* Before fatally shooting himself in the head with four bullets on August 16, 2002, as straight-faced Baathist officials claimed, Palestinian terrorist Abu Nidal (born Sabri al Banna) had lived in Iraq since at least 1999. As the Associated Press's Sameer N. Yacoub reported on August 21, 2002, the Beirut office of the ANO said that he entered Iraq "with the full knowledge and preparations of the Iraqi authorities."xii Nidal's attacks in 20 countries killed 407 people and wounded 788 more, the U.S. State Department calculates. Among other atrocities, an ANO-planted bomb exploded on a TWA airliner as it flew from Israel to Greece on September 8, 1974. The jet was destroyed over the Ionian Sea, killing all 88 people on board.xiii
* Coalition troops have shut down at least three terrorist training camps in Iraq, including a base approximately 15 miles southeast of Baghdad, called Salman Pak.xiv Before the war, numerous Iraqi defectors had said that the camp featured a passenger jet on which terrorists sharpened their air piracy skills.xv
"There have been several confirmed sightings of Islamic fundamentalists from Egypt, Saudi Arabia, and Gulf states being trained in terror tactics at the Iraqi intelligence camp at Salman Pak," said Khidir Hamza, Iraq's former nuclearweapons chief, in sworn testimony before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee on July 31, 2002. "The training involved assassination, explosions, and hijacking."xvi "This camp is specialized in exporting terrorism to the whole world," former Iraqi army captain Sabah Khodada told PBS's Frontline TV program in an October 14, 2001 interview.xvii Khodada, who worked at Salman Pak, said, "Training includes hijacking and kidnapping of airplanes, trains, public buses, and planting explosives in cities . . . how to prepare for suicidal operations." Khodada added, "We saw people getting trained to hijack airplanes. . . . They are even trained how to use utensils for food, like forks and knives provided in the plane." A map of the camp that Khodada drew from memory for Frontline closely matches satellite photos of Salman Pak, further bolstering his credibility.xviii These facts clearly disprove the above-quoted statements by Senator Kennedy and the Los Angeles Times and similar claims made by others. The Bush administration could advance American interests by busing a few dozen foreign correspondents and their camera crews from the bar of Baghdad's Palestine Hotel to Salman Pak for a guided tour. Network news footage of that might open a few eyes.
Saddam Hussein's al Qaeda Connections
As for Hussein's supposedly imaginary ties to al Qaeda, consider these disturbing facts:
* The Philippine government expelled Hisham al Hussein, the second secretary at Iraq's Manila embassy, on February 13, 2003. Cell phone records indicate that the Iraqi diplomat had spoken with Abu Madja and Hamsiraji Sali, leaders of Abu Sayyaf, just before and just after their al Qaeda-allied Islamic militant group conducted an attack in Zamboanga City. Abu Sayyaf's nail-filled bomb exploded on October 2, 2002, injuring 23 individuals and killing two Filipinos and U.S. Special Forces Sergeant First Class Mark Wayne Jackson, age 40. As Dan Murphy wrote in the Christian Science Monitor last February 26, those phone records bolster Sali's claim in a November 2002 TV interview that the Iraqi diplomat had offered these Muslim extremists Baghdad's help with joint missions.xix
* The Weekly Standard's intrepid reporter Stephen F. Hayes noted in the magazine's July 11, 2003, issue that the official Babylon Daily Political Newspaper published Iraqi diplomat Hisham al Hussein was expelled from the Philippines last February after cellphone records showed he was in contact with leaders of Abu Sayyaf, an al Qaeda-allied terrorist group. An October 2002 Abu Sayyaf bomb injured 23 and killed three, including U.S. soldier Mark Wayne Jackson.
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
50 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
by Hussein's eldest son, Uday, had revealed a terrorist connection in what it called a "List of Honor" published a few months earlier.xx The paper's November 14, 2002, edition gave the names and titles of 600 leading Iraqis and included the following passage: "Abid Al-Karim Muhamed Aswod, intelligence offi- cer responsible for the coordination of activities with the Osama bin Laden group at the Iraqi embassy in Pakistan." That name, Hayes wrote, "matches that of Iraq's then-ambassador to Islamabad."
Carter-appointed federal appeals judge Gilbert S. Merritt discovered this document in Baghdad while helping rebuild Iraq's legal system. He wrote in the June 25 issue of the Tennessean that two of his Iraqi colleagues remember secret police agents removing that embarrassing edition from newsstands and con- fiscating copies of it from private homes.xxi The paper was not published for the next 10 days. Judge Merritt theorized that the "impulsive and somewhat unbalanced" Uday may have showcased these dedicated Baathists to "make them more loyal and supportive of the regime" as war loomed.
* Abu Musab al Zarqawi, formerly the director of an al Qaeda training base in Afghanistan, fled to Iraq after being injured as the Taliban fell. He received medical care and convalesced for two months in Baghdad. He then opened an Ansar al Islam terrorist training camp in northern Iraq and arranged the October 2002 assassination of U.S. diplomat Lawrence Foley in Amman, Jordan.
* Although Iraqi Ramzi Yousef, ringleader of the February 26, 1993, World Trade Center (WTC) bombing plot, fled the United States on Pakistani papers, he came to America on an Iraqi passport.
* As Richard Miniter, author of this year's bestseller Losing bin Laden, reported on September 25, 2003, on the Tech Central Station webpage, "U.S. forces recently discovered a cache of documents in Tikrit, Saddam's hometown, which shows Iraq gave [al Qaeda member] Mr. [Abdul Rahman] Yasin both a house and a monthly salary." The Indiana-born, Iraqi-reared Yasin had been charged in August 1993 for mixing the chemicals in the bomb that exploded beneath One World Trade Center, killing six and injuring 1,042 individuals.xxii Indicted by federal prosecutors as a conspirator in the WTC bomb plot, Yasin is on the FBI's Most- Wanted Terrorists list.xxiii ABC News confirmed, on July 27, 1994, that Yasin had returned to Baghdad, where he traveled freely and visited his father's home almost daily.xxiv
* Near Iraq's border with Syria last April 25, U.S. troops captured Farouk Hijazi, Hussein's former ambassador to Turkey and suspected liaison between Iraq and al Qaeda. Under interrogation, Stephen Hayes reports, Hijazi "admitted meeting with senior al Qaeda leaders at Saddam's behest in 1994."xxv
* While sifting through the Mukhabarat's bombed ruins last April 26, the Toronto Star's Mitch Potter, the London Daily Telegraph's Inigo Gilmore, and their translator discovered a memo in the intelligence service's accounting department. Dated February 19, 1998, and marked "Top Secret and Urgent," the document said that the agency would pay "all the travel and hotel expenses inside Iraq to gain the knowledge of the message from bin Laden and to convey to his envoy an oral message from us to bin Laden, the Saudi opposition leader, about the future of our relationship with him, and to achieve a direct meeting with him." The memo's three references to bin Laden were obscured crudely with correction fluid.xxvi These facts directly refute the claims of Senator Rockefeller and Secretary Albright mentioned at the top of this article. The ties between Saddam Hussein and al Qaeda are clear and compelling. Saddam Hussein's Ties to the September 11
Conspiracy
Despite the White House's inexplicable insistence to the contrary, tantalizing clues suggest that Saddam Hussein's jaw might not have dropped to the floor when fireballs erupted from the Twin Towers two years ago.
* His Salman Pak terror camp taught terrorists how to hijack passenger jets with cutlery, as noted earlier.
* On January 5, 2000, Ahmad Hikmat Shakir--Terrorist Organizations Given Funds, Shelter, and/or Training by Saddam Hussein Organization Total Total Americans Americans killed wounded killed wounded
Abu Nidal Organization 407 788 10 58
Ansar al-Islam 114 16 1 --
Arab Liberation Front 4 6 -- --
Hamas 224 1,445 17 30
Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK) 44 327 -- 2
Mujahedin-e-Khalq (MEK) 17 43 7 1
Palestine Liberation Front 1 42 1 --
Total 811 2,667 36 91
Sources:
U.S. Department of State, Office of the Coordinator for Counterterrorism, "1968 - 2003: Total
Persons Killed/Wounded--International and Accepted Incidents." Figures prepared for author
November 17, 2003.
Statistics on Ansar al-Islam:
Jonathan Landay, "Islamic militants kill senior Kurdish general." Knight-Ridder News Service, February 11, 2003.
Catherine Taylor, "Saddam and bin Laden help fanatics, say Kurds." The Times of London, March 28, 2002.
AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3 51
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
an Iraqi VIP facilitator reportedly dispatched from Baghdad's embassy in Malaysia--greeted Khalid al Midhar and Nawaz al Hamzi at Kuala Lampur's airport, where he worked. He then escorted them to a local hotel, where these September 11 hijackers met with 9-11 conspirators Ramzi bin al Shibh and Tawfiz al Atash. Five days later, according to Stephen Hayes, Shakir disappeared. He was arrested in Qatar on September 17, 2001, six days after al Midhar and al Hamzi slammed American Airlines Flight 77 into the Pentagon, killing 216 people. Soon after he was apprehended, authorities discovered documents on Shakir's person and in his apartment connecting him to the 1993 WTC bomb plot and "Operation Bojinka," al Qaeda's 1995 plan to blow up 12 jets simultaneously over the Pacific.xxvii
* Although the Bush administration has
expressed doubts, the Czech government stands by its claim that September 11 leader Mohamed Atta met in Prague in April 2001 with Ahmed Khalil Ibrahim al Ani, an Iraqi diplomat/intelligence agent. In a February 24 letter to James Beasley Jr., a Philadelphia lawyer who represents the families of two Twin Towers casualties, Czech UN Ambassador Hynek Kmonicek embraced an October 26, 2001, statement by Czech Interior Minister Stanislav Gross:
In this moment we can confirm, that during the next stay of Mr. Muhammad [sic] Atta in the Czech Republic, there was the contact with the official of the Iraqi intelligence, Mr. Al Ani, Ahmed Khalin Ibrahim Samir, who was on 22nd April 2001 expelled from the Czech Republic on the basis of activities which were not compatible with the diplomatic status."xxviii Al Ani was expelled two weeks after the suspected meeting with Atta for apparently hostile surveillance of Radio Free Europe's Prague headquarters. That building also happened to house America's anti-Baathist station, Radio Free Iraq. The Czech government continues to claim, in short, that the 9-11 mastermind Atta met with at least one Iraqi intelligence official in the months during which the attacks were orchestrated.
* A Clinton-appointed Manhattan federal judge, Harold Baer, ordered Hussein, his ousted regime, Osama bin Laden, and others to pay $104 million in damages to the families of George Eric Smith and Timothy Soulas (clients of Beasley, the aforementioned attorney), both of whom were killed in the Twin Towers along with 2,750 others. "I conclude that plaintiffs have shown, albeit barely, `by evidence satisfactory to the court' that Iraq provided material support to bin Laden and al Qaeda," Baer ruled. An airtight case? Perhaps not, but the court found that there was sufficient evidence to tie Saddam Hussein to the September 11 attacks and secure a May 7 federal judgment against him.xxix If one takes the time to connect these dots--as is the professional duty of journalists and politicians who address this matter--a clear portrait emerges of Saddam Hussein as a sugar daddy to global terrorists including al Qaeda and even the 9-11 conspirators. As Americans grow increasingly restless about Washington's continuing military presence in Iraq, to say nothing of what people think overseas, the administration ought to paint this picture. So why won't they?
Bush Administration Needs to Educate the World on Hussein and Terror
One Bush administration communications specialist told me that the government is bashful about all of this because these links are difficult to prove. And indeed they are. But prosecuting the informational battle in the War on Terrorism is not like prosecuting a Mafia don, which typically requires rock-solid exhibits such as wiretap intercepts, hidden-camera footage, DNA samples, and the testimony of deep-cover "Mob rats." On the contrary, it is important to emphasize, as strongly as possible, that the United States need not--and in fact should not--hold itself to courtroom standards of evidence except when appearing before domestic or international judges. The administration merely has to demonstrate its claims and refute those of its opponents, not convict Saddam Hussein before a jury of his peers. Moreover, those who argue that Hussein was no terror master do not hold themselves to such lofty standards of proof, as the examples noted earlier demonstrate. The appropriate standard of evidence, then, to be entirely fair to both sides in this controversy, is not that of a trial, but rather that of a hearing on whether a criminal suspect should be indicted. In this respect, the "prosecution" defi-nitely has a prima facie case that Hussein's Iraq indeed was a haven for terrorists until the moment U.S. troops invaded. Terrorist attacks, of course, are meant to be at least as shadowy as Cosa Nostra hit jobs. Although this makes Just 15 miles from Baghdad, Salman Pak served as a Baathist training facility for terrorists. According to numerous defectors, foreign Islamic militants at Salman Pak used an actual jet fuselage to learn how to hijack airliners using knives and forks from their in-flight meals.
52 AMERICAN OUTLOOK FA L L 2 0 0 3
I N T E R N AT I O N A L R E L AT I O N S
Notes
i Madeleine Albright, "How we tackled the wrong tiger." Melbourne Herald Sun, October 21, 2003, page 19.
ii Anne E. Kornblut, "Kennedy to assail Bush over Iraq war." Boston Globe online, October16, 2003, .
iii Greg Miller, "No Proof Connects Iraq to 9/11, Bush says." Los Angeles Times, September 18, 2003, part 1, page 1.
iv CBS 2 homepage, "Gore Takes Aim At Bush: Former Veep Addresses New York Audience." August 7, 2003, .
v Reuters, "Hussein vows cash for martyrs." March 12, 2002. Published in The Australian, March 13, 2002, page 9.
vi The White House, "Saddam Hussein's Support for International Terrorism." .
vii Carol Rosenberg, "Families of slain Palestinians receive checks from Saddam." Knight-Ridder News Service, March 13, 2003. Published in Salt Lake City Tribune, March, 13, 2003. .
viii Facts of Israel.com, "Chronology of Palestinian Homicide Bombings." .
ix U.S. Department of State, Patterns of Global Terrorism. May 21, 2002, .
x Saud Abu Ramadan, "Call for Abbas release, also extradition." United Press International, April 16, 2003.
xi Marie Colvin and Sonya Murad, "Executed." Sunday Times of London, August 25, 2002, page 13. See also: Republican Study Committee, "American Citizens Killed or Injured by Palestinian Terrorists: September 1993 - October 2003." October 17, 2003.
xii Sameer N. Yacoub, "Iraq claims terrorist leader committed suicide." August 21, 2002 Associated Press dispatch published in Portsmouth Herald, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, August 22, 2002, .
xiii Associated Press, "Palestinian officials say Abu Nidal is dead." Posted on USAToday.com, week of August 19, 2002, .
xiv Ravi Nessman, "Marines capture camp suspected as Iraqi training base for terrorists." Associated Press, April 6, 2003, 4:14 p.m. EST. Posted by St. Paul Pioneer Press on April 7, 2003, .
xv Deroy Murdock, "The 9/11 Connection: What Salman Pak Could Reveal." National Review Online, April 3, 2003, .
xvi Khidhir Hamza, "The Iraqi Threat." Statement before the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee, July 31, 2002, .
xvii PBS online, "Gunning for Saddam: Should Saddam Hussein Be America's Next Target in the War on Terrorism?" November 8, 2001, .
xviii Deroy Murdock, "At Salman Pak: Iraq's Terror Ties." National Review Online, April 7, 2003, .
xix Stephen F. Hayes, "Saddam's al Qaeda Connection: The evidence mounts, but the administration says surprisingly little." The Weekly Standard, September 1, 2003, volume 008, issue 48, .
xx Stephen F. Hayes, "The Al Qaeda Connection, cont.: More reason to suspect that bin Laden and Saddam may have been in league." The Daily Standard July 11, 2003, .
xxi Gilbert S. Merritt, "Document Links Saddam, bin Laden." The Tennessean, June 25, 2003, .
xxii Richard Miniter, "The Iraq-Al Qaeda Connections." Tech Central Station, September 25, 2003, .
xxiii Federal Bureau of Investigation, profile of Abdul Rahman Yasin on FBI's Most-Wanted Terrorists list, .
xxiv Sheila MacVicar, "`America's Most Wanted' - Fugitive Terrorists." ABC News' "Day One," July 27, 1994.
xxv Stephen F. Hayes, "The Al Qaeda Connection: Saddam's links to Osama were no secret." The Weekly Standard, May 12, 2003, .
xxvi Inigo Gilmore, "The Proof that Saddam worked with bin Laden." London Daily Telegraph, April 27, 2003, .
xxvii Stephen F. Hayes, "Dick Cheney Was Right: `We don't know' about Saddam and 9/11." The Weekly Standard, October 20, 2003, .
xxviii Hynek Kmonicek, letter to James Beasley Jr., February 24, 2003. In author's possession. A scanned image of the letter is available on the Hudson Institute's website, www.hudson.org.
xxix CBS News, "Court Rules: Al Qaida, Iraq Linked." May 7, 2003, .
-----------------------------------------------
The ordeal of a N. Korean in Canada
By Jeff Jacoby, 3/4/2004

IF YOU HAVE ever started to emerge from one nightmare only to find yourself plunged into a new one, you will find the ordeal of Ri Song Dae frighteningly familiar.

ADVERTISEMENT

In August 2001, Ri entered Canada with his wife and their 6-year-old son, Chang Il. They were defectors from the monstrous dictatorship in North Korea and had come to Canada to seek asylum.

For 10 years, Ri had been a low-level trade functionary, periodically sent abroad to purchase foodstuffs. He had long known of the savage brutality of Kim Jong Il's regime, of course; no government official could fail to be aware of it. What finally prompted him to flee was seeing the horrible treatment meted out to escaped North Koreans who were caught and returned. According to human rights monitors, that treatment includes humiliation and torture, typically followed by slow starvation and slave labor in a prison camp -- or public execution.

Ri filed a formal claim for refugee status for himself and Chang Il four months after arriving in Canada, but by then his second nightmare had begun. His wife, browbeaten by her Japanese parents for her "betrayal," attempted to commit suicide, then agreed to leave her husband and son and return to North Korea. She was executed in April 2002. Ri's father was executed as well, in keeping with the North Korean policy of ruthlessly punishing not only "criminals," but also their parents and children.

On Sept. 12, 2003, more than two years after Ri's plea for asylum was filed, Canada's Immigration and Refugee Board issued its ruling. It was an Orwellian stunner.

Board member Bonnie Milliner ruled that Ri's young son was entitled to stay in Canada, since he would face severe persecution if he were returned to Pyongyang. But Ri's appeal for refugee protection was denied, even though Milliner agreed that "he would face execution on return to North Korea." Why would Canada send a man back to his certain death? Because, Milliner wrote, "there are serious reasons for considering that [Ri] has committed crimes against humanity by virtue of his longstanding membership in the Government of North Korea."

In other words, Ri was deemed complicit in crimes against humanity solely because he had held a government job. Milliner acknowledged that there was no evidence he had committed any atrocities at all. But he knew of the regime's savagery yet waited 10 years to defect. To the Immigration and Refugee Board, that added up to a case for sending him back to be killed.

If the board's decision were to stand, Ri would be sent off to die, and his 6-year-old would be an orphan. His prospects grew even bleaker on Feb. 20, when Milliner's ruling was upheld by Canada's citizenship and immigration ministry. Canadians express pride in their country's humanitarian values, but it has been hard to detect any of those values as this case has moved through the Canadian bureaucracy.

Fortunately, Ri has just received a last-minute reprieve. Yesterday afternoon, Public Safety Minister Anne McLellan granted him permission to stay in Canada indefinitely, since his life would be in danger if he were deported. Her decision effectively overrules the earlier decrees. Ri's long nightmare may at last be over.

But back in North Korea, there are no happy endings.

Media coverage of Kim Jong Il's government has been focused on its illegal nuclear weapons program and its proliferation of missile technology. But even more ghastly is the suffering it inflicts on its own people.

The Los Angeles Times reported yesterday on the use of political prisoners as chemical weapons guinea pigs. A senior North Korean chemist who escaped in 2002 described a testing chamber that was outfitted with a large window and a sound system so scientists could see and hear the victims' reactions when they were sprayed with the lethal poison.

"One man was scratching desperately," the defector testified. "He scratched his neck, his chest. . . . He was covered in blood. . . . I kept trying to look away. I knew how toxic these chemicals were in even small doses." It took, he said, three agonizing hours for each man to die.

When I wrote last month about North Korea's concentration camps and gas chambers, many readers wrote to ask: What can I do? The first and most important step is to learn more. Three excellent sources of information on North Korea are The Chosun Journal (www.chosunjournal.com), the Citizens Alliance for North Korean Human Rights (www.nkhumanrights.or.kr), and the US Committee for Human Rights in North Korea (www.hrnk.org). All three offer heartbreaking details about the horrors of Kim's tyranny as well as many options for further action. They should be the first stop for anyone for whom "never again" is not just an empty slogan.

Ri Song Dae and his little boy are safe, but 22 million of their countrymen remain trapped, at the mercy of the most evil government on earth. Learn what is happening to them. Cry out in protest. This is not a time for silence.

Jeff Jacoby's e-mail address is jacoby@globe.com.

? Copyright 2004 Globe Newspaper Company.
----------------------------------------------
So, Where Is Ms. Cho?
Give the people of North Korea a seat at the table.

BY CLAUDIA ROSETT
Wednesday, August 27, 2003 12:01 a.m. EDT

Today through Friday, the six-way talks with North Korea are due to take place in Beijing, and though I know I'm dreaming, here's the script I'd like to see:

Our lead negotiator, Assistant Secretary of State James Kelly, looks at the assembled crowd--at his Russian and Chinese and Japanese and Korean counterparts, from both North and South--and before saying a word about nuclear bombs, or security guarantees, or any more blackmail payoffs for Kim Jong Il of North Korea, before doing any of the things this gang might be expecting, Mr. Kelly leans forward to ask the following, vital question:

Where is Ms. Cho?

There is, perhaps, a puzzled silence. Then someone, maybe one of the Chinese hosts, who did after all suggest that America should come with issues ready to put on the table, asks, Who is Ms. Cho?

Mr. Kelly beckons mysteriously, and leads the entire parade, the Russians and Japanese and Koreans and Chinese, to a van waiting outside Beijing's Diaoyutai state guesthouse, where they are meeting. They drive to the Beijing Foreign Ministry, because it matters to see these places firsthand, and there they get out. And, standing in front of the Ministry, Mr. Kelly explains:

Ms. Cho is a North Korean escapee who came here, to this very spot, a year ago yesterday, Aug. 26, 2002, with six other North Koreans, all of them risking their lives in an attempt to ask the Chinese government for refugee status. They were following United Nations procedure to ask for asylum. Ms. Cho tried to give the Chinese authorities a document stating that she had left North Korea "in search of freedom," and if sent back "will certainly be executed in accordance with Article 47 of the DPRK penal code." She was very brave. She was 27 years old.

Cho Sung-hye and her companions were hoping the free world would hear their message, and help not only them, but hundreds of thousands of other people trying to flee North Korea. Instead, Chinese security agents arrested Ms. Cho and her companions on the spot. There has been no news of them since.

So, where is Ms. Cho?





In all likelihood, there is no more Ms. Cho, though she was real enough, in her checked shirt, with her long hair pulled back, when she posed for a snapshot in Beijing last summer, just before her failed bid for official refugee status. (You can see pictures of Ms. Cho and her companions here.) Certainly she has not surfaced in the free world. Most probably, the Chinese authorities, following routine procedure, sent Ms. Cho and her six fellow asylum-seekers back to North Korea, where the authorities, following routine procedure, either executed them or consigned them to labor camps that can amount to a slow and hideous death sentence, by starvation, if not by torture, beatings, exposure or disease.
But Ms. Cho, in her absence, ought to haunt that Beijing negotiating table this week. In approaching the Chinese Foreign Ministry last year, she offered herself up as a symbol of all North Koreans who might desire freedom, especially the 200,00-300,000 estimated to be hiding right now in China--where authorities have yet to grant a single one of them the refugee status they warrant.

These are not purely humanitarian concerns, though the North Korean government's policies of murdering and starving its own innocents ought at some point to be of interest even to diplomats discussing high matters of state. Beyond whatever happened to Ms. Cho, there are the estimated two million or so North Koreans dead of state-inflicted famine since the mid-1990s. (Though the North Korean Vice Foreign Minister Kim Yong-il, attending the current talks, doubtless eats well.)

But whatever talks may now in reality take place, it would be of considerable value for our talkers to keep in mind--even beyond North Korea's huge, horrendous record of lies, and broken promises about its nuclear bomb program--that regimes which routinely betray, brutalize and butcher their own people are unlikely to deal in good faith with others. It is a rather different set of values they have signed onto.

The odd inversion of our official dealings with North Korea over the past decade or so is that we have brought to talks with North Korea's government our own civilized expectations that promises will be kept, and good faith will be returned in kind. Meanwhile, the free world has been treating the actual people of North Korea--the Ms. Chos--as pariahs, people to be shunned, sent back, ignored if it will help us strike another hollow deal with Kim Jong Il.

Among the governments whose negotiators are meeting around that Beijing table this week, there is not one that has offered true help for North Korea's refugees--many of whom might also be described as dissidents, defectors, the kind of people we need to be listening to, even asking for help, not sending back, or hushing up. China is shamefully guilty in its refusal to allow even safe transit for these people. Russia, with its pretensions to leadership in world affairs and vast empty spaces in the Russian Far East, could offer enormous help, but does nothing. Japan is at least trying to get some people out of North Korea, though Tokyo's first priority, understandably, is the recovery of Japanese kidnapped by the North Korean government.

America, erstwhile haven for the tempest-tossed, seems to have room for refugees from everyplace on earth--except North Korea. And though America serves as home to many a would-be-democratic-government in exile, there is no such North Korean presence here, no resistance movement. Nothing. Plenty of North Koreans have tried to escape the regime of Kim Jong Il. But, dear readers, have you ever met one? Or even seen one on television?





Instead, the free world looks to South Korea as the keeper of this important human trust--to offer a haven for North Koreans who value freedom. Usually, it is in such havens that exiles from tyrannies can form a base, get out the word about atrocities back home, offer insights into the vulnerabilities of tyrants and find ways to smuggle into the tyrannies some words of truth and hope.
But in today's South Korea, fat chance. This is the place where authorities have twice this past week roughed up German doctor Norbert Vollertsen, the single loudest voice trying for three years now to draw attention to the depravities of the North Korean government, the plight of the people still there, and the civilized world's utter abandonment of the refugees. There was some attention in the news last week to the efforts of Mr. Vollertsen and some of his activist colleagues to send solar-powered radios into North Korea, attached to balloons--which the South Korean authorities stopped them from doing. The prohibition and the beating of Mr. Vollertsen that accompanied it, underscore Mr. Vollertsen's message--which is not simply that conditions in North Korea rival the atrocities under Nazi Germany, and that some refugees are desperate enough to die trying to escape. It is also that the civilized world, South Korea at the forefront, simply does not want to see, hear, know, or help, and in ignoring the 22 million people of North Korea, while we parley with their jailers, we throw away our best hope of peacefully ending this nightmare.

In a phone conversation from Seoul last weekend, Mr. Vollertsen suggested to me that there should be not six-way but seven-way talks in Beijing this week, "Why are there no North Korean refugees participating?," he asked.

That's not how our diplomacy works right now, unfortunately. But the real issue in dealing with Pyongyang is not a matter of bribing Kim Jong Il to let us go on a scavenger hunt for plutonium in North Korea. It's a matter of finding the backbone, and the allies--especially among the North Koreans themselves--to get rid of Mr. Kim and his regime entirely. And that starts with the question:

Where is Ms. Cho?

Ms. Rosett is a columnist for OpinionJournal.com and The Wall Street Journal Europe. Her column appears alternate Wednesdays.


Posted by maximpost at 12:26 AM EST

Newer | Latest | Older